Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
10-0712_TETRA TECH_Contract
CITY OF SAN :DUAN CAPISTRANO COUNTY OF ORANGE STATE OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS GAC For MTBE Removal (CIP 10802) Members of the Ci _ Council DR. LONDRES USO, MAYOR LAURA FREESE SAM ALLEVATO THOMAS HRIBAR MARK NIELSEN CITY MANAGER. JOIE TAIT ASSISTANT UTILITIES DIRECTOR WILLIAM CURRY June 18, 2010 GW Treatment Plant Modifications COVER P:kC92901534-09290-10€7031DoaslSpecs\Finat101 Cover.doex GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS GAC For MTBE REMOVAL (CIP 10802) The Specifications contained herein have been prepared by, or under the direct supervision of, the fallowing Registered Civil Engineer: Engineer of Record; Tetra Tech Civil Engineer C 53077 Approved by. Jas ph E. Ta Lit lities Di ctor City . an Juan Capistrano GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal SIGNATURE PAGE P:1092901134-09290-10043tDocsl5pecs\Final\02 Signature Paga.doex PART I -- CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS AND FORMS Bid Forms Bid (Proposal) Bid Schedule List of Subcontractors Non -collusion Affidavit Bidder's General Information Agreement and Bonds Agreement Form Worker's Compensation Certificate Performance Bond Payment Bond Certificate of Insurance PART II -- CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT General Conditions of the Construction Contract Supplementary General Condition PART III TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 — SITE CONSTRUCTION 02646 — PVC PRESSURE PIPE 02650 — STEEL PIPE DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE 03100 — CONCRETE FORMWORK 03200 —REINFORCING STEEL FOR CONCRETE 03300 — CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 5 — METALS 05120 — STRUCTURAL STEEL DIVISION 11 — EQUIPMENT 11100 — GAC SYSTEM DIVISION 1 — MECHANICAL 15000 -- PIPING, GENERAL 15104 — BUTTERFLY VALVES DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL 16000 — ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 17 — INSTRUMENTATION 17000 — INSTRUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal TABLE OF CONTENTS PA092901134-09290-100031Docsi5pecsSFina[%D3 TOO.docx TOC- 1 CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL 141 l._ ,ki [0a fir, I+ Bid Forms Bid (Proposal) Bid Schedule List of Subcontractors Non -Collusion Affidavit Bidder's General Information Agreement and Bonds Agreement Form Worker's Compensation Certificate Performance Bond Payment Bond Certificate of Insurance GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal PART I P:1092901134 -09290-100n3 Docs%Specs+inal104 Part i Contents.docx Only the following listed documents, identified in the lower right corner as "Bid Forms" and reproduced on colored paper, shall be fully executed and submitted with the Bid at the time of opening of Bids. Bid (Proposal) Bid Schedule Dist of Subcontractors Non -collusion Affidavit Bidders General Information Failure of a Bidder to fully execute and submit all of the listed documents with the Bid will render a Bid as non-responsive and subject to rejection. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal COVER SHEET P:1092901134-09290-100031DocslSpecstFinal%07Bid Covar.docx BI© FORMS PROPOSAL BID TO. CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO This is EXHIBIT A, consisting of one page, referred to in and made a part of the AGREEMENT between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with the City in the form included in the Contract Documents (as defined in Article 4 of the Agreement) to perform the Work as specified or indicated in said Contract Documents entitled: GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS — GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL CIP NO. 10802 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including without limitation those in the Notice Inviting Bids and the Instructions to Bidders dealing with the disposition of the Bid Security. This Bid will remain open for the period stated in the Notice Inviting Bids, unless otherwise required bylaw. Bidder will enter into an Agreement within the time and in the manner required in the instructions to Bidders, and will furnish the insurance certificates, Payment Bond, Performance Bond, and all Permits required by the Contract Documents. Bidder has examined copies of all the Contract Documents, including the following Addenda (receipt of which. is hereby acknowledged): Number Date Number Date Number Date Number Date Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, the Work, the site, the locality where the Work is to be performed, the legai requirements (federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations), and the conditions affecting cost, progress, or performance of the Work, and has made such independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary. In conformance with the current statutory requirements of California Labor Code Section 1860, et seq., the undersigned confirms the following as its certification: I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code, which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation, or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions, before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract. To all the foregoing, and including all Bid Schedule(s), List of Subcontractors, Non -collusion Affidavit, Bidder's General Information, and Bid Bond contained in these Bid Forms, said Bidder further agrees to complete the Work required under the Contract Documents within the Contract Time stipulated in said Contract Documents, and to accept in full payment therefor the Contract Price based on the Lump Sum or Unit Bid Price(s) named in the aforementioned Bidding Schedule(s). Dated: Bidder: By: (Signature) Title: GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal PROPOSAL PAGE 1 P:%092901133-09290-100031r3ocstSpecs%Finaf',OflBid.dacx BID FORMS This is EXHIBIT B, consisting of one page, referred to in and made a part of the AGREEMENT between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. BID SCHEDULE GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS — GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL CIP NO. 10802 ID Description Estimated Quantity Unit Unit Price Extended Price Mobilization, Construction of GAC system, Demobilization 1 LS $1,613,991 $1,613,991 TOTAL: $1,613,991 TETRA TECH Name of Bidder or Firm GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal UNIT PRICE BID SCHEDULE P:i092901134-09290-100031Does%SpecslFinal�09Bid Schedule rev.docx BID FORMS INFORMATION REQUIRE© OF BIDDER LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS As required under Section 4100, et seq., of the Public Contract Code, Bidder shall list below the name and business address of each subcontractor who will perform Work under this Bid in excess of one-half of one percent of the Contractor's Total Bid Price, and shall also list the portion of the Work which will be done by such subcontractor. After the opening of Bids, no changes or substitutions will be allowed except as otherwise provided by law. The listing of more than one subcontractor for each item of Work to be performed with the words "and/or" will not be permitted. Failure to comply with this requirement will render the Bid as non-responsive and may cause its rejection. ID Work to Be Performed License Number Subcontractor Name and Address Installation of GAC Vessels, associated piping and 373525 Pascal & Ludwig 1 concrete work, 2049 E. Francis Street Ontario, CA 91751 2 3 4 5 6 7 GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS P:ti0929Ckl34-0929a-IG003koocs%Specs�F nan10 gist of Subs.docx BID FORMS NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID State of California ) ss. County of } being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is of , the party malting the foregoing Bid, that the Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham Bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham Bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the Bid price of the Bidder or any other Bidder„ or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the Bid price, or of that of any other Bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the Contract of anyone interested in the proposed Contract; that all statements contained in the Bid are true; and, further, that the Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her Bid price, or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham Bid. By Title Organization Address GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT P:1092901134-09290-10003%L)ocslSpeeslFinaR11 Non Collusion.doa BID FORMS The Bidder shall furnish the following information. Failure to complete all Items will cause the Bid to be non-responsive and may cause its rejection. 1. BIDDER/CONTRACTOR'S Name and Street Address: TETRA TECH 17885 VON KARMAN AVE SUITE 500 IRVINE CA 92614 2. CONTRACTOR'S CONTACT INFORMATION: Telephone Number: ( 949 ) 809-5000 Facsimile Number: ( 949) 809-5010 E-mail address: steve.tedesco@tetratech.com 3. CONTRACTOR'S License: Primary Classification Class A State License Number(s) 55155 Supplemental License Classifications HAZ 4. Surety Company and Agent who will provide the required Bonds on this Contract: 5 V. 7 Name of Surety Address Surety Company Agent Telephone Numbers: Agent Surety ( } Type of Firm (Individual, Partnership or Corporation): Corporation Corporation organized under the laws of the State of: List the names and addresses of the principal members of the firm or names and titles of the principal officers of the corporation or firm: GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal BIDDERS GENERAL INFORMATION P:)09290V134d09290-10003'Docs5SpecslFinaR13Bidder General Info.don BID FORMS a 0 BIDDER'S GENERAL INFORMATION (Continued) Number of years experience as a contractor in this specific type of construction work: List at least three related projects of comparable size and complexity completed to date: I. Owner Address Contact Class of work Phone (_) _ _ _ Contract amount Project �) Date completed 2. Owner Address Contact Class of work Phone ( Contract amount Project (_ ) Date completed 3. Owner Address Contact Class of work w _ Phone ( ) Contract amount — Project (�) _ - Date completed 10. List the name and tide of the person who will supervise full-time the proposed work for your firm: Neil Barnsdale. P.F. Project Manager 11. Is full-time supervisor an employee Yes OR contract services ? 12. A financial statement or other information and references sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of your current financial condition may be required by the Engineer. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal BIDDERS GENERAL. INFORMATION P:109290113A-09290-10003lDocslSpecsSFina[1f3Bidder GeneralInfo.docx BID FORMS CONTRACT This contract is made and entered into by and between the CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO, hereinafter referred to as "CITY" and TETRA TECH hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR." IT IS HEREBY AGREED BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS FOLLOWS: FIRST. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The contract documents shall be considered to include the Notice Inviting Bids, the Instructions to Bidders, the Proposal, the Bid Bond, the Non -Collusion Affidavit, the Designation of Sub -Contractors, the Contract which is prepared for execution by the CITY and the CONTRACTOR. Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2006 Edition, including all Supplements, Contract Bonds, Resolutions adopted by the CITY pertaining to the work, insurance policies and certificates, and any supplemental written agreements amending or extending the scope of the work originally contemplated that may be required to complete the work in a substantial and acceptable manner. SECOND. THE WORK. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish all tools, labor, material, equipment, transportation, and supplies necessary to perforin and complete in good and workmanlike manner the construction of GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS - GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL CIP 1080Q in strict conformity with the Plans, Specifications and all other contract documents, which documents are on file at the Office of the City Clerk, City Hall, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California. THIRD. PAYMENT. CITY agrees to pay, and CONTRACTOR agrees to accept, the lump sum adjusted for variations of quantities, at the prices designated in bid proposal at the time and in the manner set forth in the Specifications. FOURTH. COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK. CONTRACTOR agrees to begin and complete the work within the time specified in the Notice Inviting Bids. It is agreed that it would be impractical and extremely difficult to fix the actual amount of damages, and loss sustained by CITY, should CONTRACTOR fail to complete the work in the specified time; therefore, CONTRACTOR shall pay CITY, as liquidated damages, not in the nature of a penalty, $250/Day (Two Hundred and Fifty Dollars per day) resulting from CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the project in accordance with the conditions of the Contract Documents; provided that extensions of time with waiver of liquidated damages, may be granted as provided in the Contract Documents. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC For MTBE Removal CONTRACT C:%Dacurnents and SattingsljmanklLocal SettingslTemporary Internet FE€eslContenl.Qullook%IMSNQGOU!4 Conlracl (2) (2).doc FIFTH. PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish bonds guaranteeing the performance of this contract and guaranteeing payment of all labor and material used under this contract, as required by the laws of the State of California, on forms approved by the CITY. The Performance Bond shall be for an amount of one hundred percent (100'/©) of the amount of this contract and shall be conditioned on fall and complete performance of the contract, guaranteeing the work against faulty workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year after completion and acceptance. The Labor and Material Bond shall be for an amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of this contract and shall be conditioned upon full payment of all. Labor and Material entering into or incidental to the work covered by this contract. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish the bonds on the forms found within the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay CITY such sum as the Court may judge as reasonable for the legal services of any attorney representing the CITY in any action brought to enforce or interpret the obligations of this agreement, and such sums shall be made a part of any judgment in such action against CONTRACTOR if such action is determined in favor of said CITY. The required Performance, Labor and Materials Bonds, and Bid Bond shall provide that the surety shall pay attorney's fees incurred by CITY in enforcing this agreement. SIXTH. GENERAL PREVAILING RATE OF PER DIEM WAGES. Pursuant to the Labor Code of the State of California, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages, as determined by the Director of the State Department of Industrial Relations, are on file in the Office of the City Clerk, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California, and are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof. CONTRACTOR agrees that he, or any SUB -CONTRACTOR under hien, shall pay not less than the foregoing specified prevailing rates of wages to all workmen employed in the execution of the contract. SEV:I,NTH. INSURANCE. CONTRACTOR shall maintain at all times during this contract liability and property damage insurance naming the CITY and its elected and appointed officials as a named insured, which such policies shall be of an amount not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) combined single limit. Insurance certificates shall be for a minimum period of one (1) year. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC For MTBE Removal CONTRACT P:%09290t134-09290-100031DocslSpecs\Fina[114 Contracl.doc CONTRACTOR shall maintain in full force and effect comprehensive automobile liability coverage, including owned, hired, and non -owned vehicles in the following minimum amounts: $1,000,000 property damage; $1,000,000 injury to one person/any one occurrence/ not limited to contractual period; $2,000,000 injury to more than one person/any one occurrence/not limited to contractual period. The insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have an attached rider providing that in the event of expiration of proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the CITY shall be notified by registered mail, return receipt requested, giving a sufficient time before the date thereof to comply with the applicable law or statute but in no event less than thirty (30) days before expiration or cancellation is effective. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY the policy certificate establishing that the required level of insurance has been satisfied. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and save harmless the CITY, Tetra Tech, its officers, agents, and employees from and against any and all claims, demands, loss or liability of any kind or nature which CONTRACTOR, its officers, agents and employees may sustain or incur or which may be imposed upon them or any of them for injury to or death of persons, damage to property as a result of, or arising out of, or in any manner connected with the negligent performance of the obligations under this contract by Contractor. EIGHTH. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW RELATIVE TO PUBLIC CONTRACTS. CITY is subject to the provisions of the Government Code and the Labor Code of the State of California. It is stipulated and agreed that all provisions of law applicable to public contracts are a part of this contract to the same extent as though set forth herein and shall be complied with by CONTRACTOR. These include, but are not limited to, the stipulation that eight (8) hours labor constitute a legal day's work and CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty to CITY, forfeit Twenty-five Dollar ($25) for each workman employed in the execution of the Contract by CONTRACTOR, or by any SUB -CONTRACTOR, for each calendar day during which such workman is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in violation of the provisions of Article Three, Chapter One, Part Seven, Division. 2, of the California Labor Code, except as permitted by law. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC For MTBE Removal CONTRACT A:S092901134-09290-10003kDocs15pec$\Final114 Contract.doc If CONTRACTOR is not already enrolled in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's E -Verify program, Consultant shall enroll in the E -Verify program within fifteen days of the effective date of this Agreement to verify the employment authorization of new employees assigned to perform work hereunder. Consultant shall verify employment authorization within three days of hiring a new employee to perform work under this Agreement. Information pertaining to the E -Verify program can be found at http://www.uscis.gov, or access the registration page at https://www.vis- dhs.com/einployerregistration. Consultant shall certify its registration with E -Verify and provide its registration number within sixteen days of the effective date of this Agreement. Failure to provide certification will result in withholding payment until full compliance is demonstrated. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this contract is executed by the duly authorized agent(s) of CITY, pursuant to City Council action, and by CONTRACTOR on the date set before the name of each. DATED: City of San Juan Capistrano M - 5f -,,,c l e lore 7 CONTRACTOR, LICENSE NO. AND CLASSIFICATION TETRA TECH PROVED AS TO FORM: Omar Sandoval, City Attorney State Lie No. 55155 Class A and HAZ GW Treatment Plant Modifications -- GAC For MTBE Removal CONTRACT P:1092901334-09294-100031DoeslSpecs\Final514 Contract.doe WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE (AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1861 OF THE CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE) I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code, which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation, or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of said Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract. Contractor Title GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal WORKERS COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE P:1092901134-09290-100031DoesSSpecs\Final115 Workers Comp.doex AGREEMENT AND BONDS PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That as Contractor, And as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano, a legal entity, organized and existing in the County of Orange, California, hereinafter called the "Owner," in the sura of: dollars, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS said Contractor has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Agreement with said Owner to perform the Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled: GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS -- GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL CIP NO. 7706 NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall perform all the requirements of said Contract Documents required to be performed on its part, at the times and in the manner specified herein, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, that any alterations in the Work to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any way release said Contractor or said Surety thereunder, nor shall any extensions of time granted under the provisions of said Contract Documents, release either said Contractor or said Surety, and notice of such alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety. SIGNED AND SEALED, this day of Contractor By Title ,20 - Surety z0_Surety By Title (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY) GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal PERFORMANCE BOND P:R092901134-09290-100035Decs%SpecslFinal116 performance Bond.docx AGREEMENT AND BONDS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of San ,Juan Capistrano, a legal entity, organized and existing in the County of Orange, State of California, hereinafter called the "Owner," in the sum of: dollars, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, said Contractor has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed agreement with said Owner to perform the Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled: GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS – GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL CIP NO. 10802 NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor, its subcontractors, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, equipment, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Contractor and its subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such labor, all as required by the provisions of Title XV, Chapter 7, Sections 3247-3252, inclusive, of the Civil Code of the State of California and acts amendatory thereof, and Sections of other Codes of the State of California referred to therein and acts amendatory thereof, and provided that the persons, companies, or corporations so furnishing said materials, provisions, equipment, or other supplies, appliances, or power used in, upon, for, or about performance of the Work contracted to be executed or performed, or any person, company, or corporation renting or hiring implements or machinery or power for, or contributing to, said work to be done, or any person who performs work or labor upon the same, or any person who supplies both work and materials therefore, shall have complied with the provisions of said laws, then said surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the sum hereinbefore set forth, and also will pay, in case suit is brought upon this bond, a reasonable attorney's fee as shall be fixed by the Court. This Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons named in Section 3181 of the Civil Code of the State of California so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. PROVIDED, that any alterations in the Work to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any way release said Contractor or said Surety thereunder, nor shall any extensions of time granted under the provisions of said Contract Documents release either said Contractor or said Surety, and notice of said alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety. SIGNED AND SEALED, this Contractor By Title day of Surety By — Title 20 (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY) GW Treatment Plant Modifications – GAC for MTBE Removal PAYMENT BOND P:10929ON1 3409291)-10003�DooslSpe,cstFinai\17 PaymentSond.docx AGREEMENT AND BONDS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE THIS CERTIFICATE ISSUED TO THE OWNERIAGENTS LISTED BELOW DESIGNATED BY THE CONTRACT WITH THE INSURED NAME AND ADDRESS OF INSURED INSURANCE COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE COMPANY A B C D TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED AND LOC.A'NON POLICY LIMITS OF LIABILITY] N'PE-IOUSANDS(xl000) TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER EXPIRATION DATE EACAI OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE COMPRE7IIENSIVE; CEINLI'RAL LIABILITY INJURYx 5 �, ❑ItOt)ILx Including: FXPLOSICIN AND COLLAPSE' PROPErUN DANIAGE S $ ❑ UNDERGROUND DAA9AGE a[ ❑ PRUt]liE"I'SlCOi✓fPLl,l'7A OP6'itAT[ON$ ❑ BODILY@lrt1RY AN€)Ptt()Pki27'Y LON'CRAC7'iiAL INWRANCE ❑DAMAGE'COMWNBD $ $ BROAD 1�032M PROPERTY DAMAGE ❑ INDEPENDENICONTRAC7'ORS PERSONAL LNIURY $ ❑ Pi�RSON AL iNFf]Ry COMPREIIENSIVE AUTOMOBILE 1301)[LY iMtinY LIABILITY IACtr PERSON Including: ❑ GWNED EACH ACCIDENT ❑ RTRED ❑ NON -OWNED PRCIPETY'PY DAMAGE. $ ❑ nr t P(AtCA€tRn3RA(:f K)D'LY Nj-ul Y AV) PIYOPE.IY'CY DAN:AGL'COMBINIM $ EXCESS LIABILITY H011 LY IRWAY Including: G D�AKI E MMBINED $ IMPI.OYNkS l.EABIUFY WORKER'S COMPENSATION STAZUTURY autl EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY Including: tt€. teAca AecaDr--N-r'} LONG SHORE:MEN'S AND HARi3GR WORKERS OTHER ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT —CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO The undersigned certifies drat he or she is the representative of the above-named insurance oompsuics, that he or she has the autheruy to execute and issue this certiPicato to Certificate Holder, and accordingly, does hereby certily oti belSplfaf said'saasurance companies that policies of insurance listed above. have been issued to the insurod named above and are in force at this tulle. Notwilhstandiog any requirenrni. Penn, or conditina of any contract or other document with tespeot to 'Noll this cedirfcate n)ay be iss=ued or tray pertain, the. insurunce al'brded by the policies described herein is subject to at the Ierozs, exclusions, aHd conditions of such policies. Copies of the policies shown will be furnished to the Certificate Holdcr upon request. This Certificate does not aniond, extend_ or alter the coverage afibrded by the policies listed. Cancet[ai?.loll: Should any of the above described p licies be canceled before lute expiration date thereof, the issuing; company will Iztail 30 days written notice to Itie balow-named owil%cate holder: NAME AND ADDRESS OF ADDITIONAL INSURED DATE ISSUED BY Ml'I'llelir/,Ff)11EP4f16hT�lF1UC i)i E2.'SSf1NNC'E C'U;AP�CNIGS hrf(N[YSINf C04'.:kAf[; GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE P':092901134-09290-100031Docs%SpecslFinall18Cert of Insurance REV.docx AGREEMENT AND BONDS POLICY NUMBER: BUSINESS AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM It is agreed that the "Who Is An Insured" provision is amended to include as an insured the person or organization designated below as an additional insured, subject to the following provisions: This insurance applies only with respect to any Liability arising out of the operation of covered autos on the additional insureds premises described below, (2). The Named Insured is authorized to act for such additional insured in all matters pertaining to this insurance, including receipt of notice of cancellation; (3). Return premium, if any, shall be paid to the Named Insured; (4). Nothing contained herein shall affect any right of recovery as a claimant which the additional Insured would have if not designated as such. CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO Maria Morris Clerk of the Board GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal INSURANCE ENDORSEMENT — AUTO R: osasa5�sa-os29o-1oC031DocslSpecsSFinah19 Endorsernent.docx AGREEMENT AND BONDS POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES or CONTRACTORS [Form B] This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO Maria Morris Clerk of the Board (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you. GW Treatment Plant Modification — GAC for MTBE Removal INSURANCE ENDORSEMENT — LIABILITY PA0929MI34-09290-10 0031DoeslSpecs\Finall20Endorsomert Comm Gen Uab.docx AGREEMENT AND BONDS CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO General Conditions of the Contract Supplementary General Conditions GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:[09290%134-09290-100031DocslSpacs%F€naE121 Part 11 - Conditions.docx GENERAL CON©ITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY... ... ...... ............ ...... 5 1.01 Defined Terms... ......... ......... ....... .... -- ...... .......... ......................................................... 5 1.02 Terminology.......................................................................................................... ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS..................................................................................................... 9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds... ........... .......... ---- ........ ......................................... 9 2.02 Copies of Documents......................................................................................................... 9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed .................................................... 9 2.04 Starting the Work............................................................................................................... 9 2.05 Before Starting Construction.............................................................................................. 9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference............................................................................................ 10 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules....................................................................................... 10 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE- ............ ---- ................ - ... 10 3.01 Intent................................................................................................................................ 10 3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................... 11 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies.......................................................................... 11 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents.. .... -- .... --- 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents......................................................................................................... 12 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS.................................................................................................... 4.01 Availability of Lands........................................................................................................ 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions.............................................................................. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions-- . .... --- ........... ...... ...... -- ...... 4.04 Underground Facilities.................................................................................................... 4.05 Reference Points............................................................................................................. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site................................................................... ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE......................................................................................... 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers............................................................................. 5.02 Certificates of Insurance......................................................................................... 5.03 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance...................................................................... 5.04 OWNER's LiabilityInsurance.................................................................................. 5.05 Property Insurance.................................................................................................. 5.06 Waiver of Rights...................................................................................................... 5.07 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ..................................................... 5.08 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ....................................... 5.09 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ......................................... 12 12 12 13 13 14 14 16 16 16 16 17 17 18 19 19 20 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................... 20 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence................................................................................... 20 6.02 Labor; Working Hours .... ........:............................................................... ............ .............. 20 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment................................................................................ 20 6.04 Progress Schedule........................................................................................................... 21 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals.............................................................................................. 21 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others........................................................ 22 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties............................................................................................... 23 GW Treatment Plant Modifications - GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:5492901134-09290-1000356ocsiSpecslFinalt21aConchions ofCan[ract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS --- PAGE 1 6.08 Permits....... .... - ..... .... .... ................................................................................................ 24 6.09 Laws and Regulations...................................................................................................... 24 6.10 Taxes............................................................................................................................... 24 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas.....:...................................................................................... 24 6.12 Record Documents.......................................................................................................... 25 6.13 Safety and Protection........................................................................................................ 25 6.14 Safety Representative...................................................................................................... 26 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs................................................................................... 26 6.16 Emergencies.................................................................................................................... 26 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples........................................................................................... 26 6.18 Continuing the Work......................................................................................................... 27 6.19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee...................................................... 27 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK..................................................................................................................... 28 7.01 Related Work at Site........................................................................................................ 28 7.02 Coordination.....................................................................................................................29 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES........................................................................................... 29 8.01 Communications to CONTRACTOR................................................................................ 29 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER............................................................................................ 29 8.03 Furnish Data..................................................................................................................... 29 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due.................................................................................................. 29 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests .... ........... .......... ................. ....... ...................- 29 8.06 Insurance......................................................................................................................... 29 8.07 Change Orders ........................................ ......... ........ ................: ... ................................... 29 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals................................................................................... 29 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities....................................................................... 29 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition........................................................... 29 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements...............................................................30 .............. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION. .... ...... - ... 30 9.01 OWNER'S Representative............................................................................................... 30 9.02 Visits to Site..................................................................................................................... 30 9.03 Project Representative..................................................................................................... 30 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations...................................................................................... 30 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work.......................................................................................... 30 3.06 Rejecting Defective Work................................................................................................. 31 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments.............................................................. 31 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work... . ........... -1. 31 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work................................................................................................ 31 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities ............................................ 31 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS................................................................................. 32 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work...................................................................................... 32 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work................................................................................. 32 10.03 Execution of Change Orders............................................................................................ 32 10.04 Notification to Surety.... .... - ............... ...... ....... ........ ................. -- 33 10.05 Claims and Disputes........................................................................................................ 33 10.06 Allowable Quantity Variations on Unit Price Contracts .................................................... 33 10.07 increases of More Than 25 Percent on Unit Price Contracts .......................................... 33 10.08 Decreases of More Than 25 Percent on Unit Price Contracts ......................................... 34 10.09 Eliminated items on Unit Price Contracts........................................................................ 34 GW Treatment Plant Modifications - GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092901134-09290-100031DocslSpecslFina21a Conditions of Conhact.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 2 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASK ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK .............................. 35 11.01 Cost of the Work.............................................................................................................. 35 11.02 Cash Allowances.............................................................................................................. 37 11.03 Unit Price Work................................................................................................................ 37 11.04 Cost of Work Based on Time, Materials, and Equipment and CONTRACTOR's Overhead and Profit..................................................................... 37 11.05 Special Services............................................................................................................... 39 11.06 CONTRACTOR'S Overhead and Profit........................................................................... 40 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES-....,. ......... ....... - 40 12.01 Change of Contract Price................................................................................................. 40 12.02 Change of Contract Times............................................................................................... 41 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK...... .... ...... ........ ............ - 41 13.01 Notice of Defects............................................................................................................. 41 13.02 Access to Work................................................................................................................ 41 13.03 Tests and Inspections...................................................................................................... 41 13.04 Uncovering Work.............................................................................................................. 42 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work............................................................................................ 42 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work....................................................................... 42 13.07 Correction Period............................................................................................................. 43 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work .... ..................... .................. --- ..... ...... .......... ............. ....:.. 43 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work.... ......................... ............ ....................... ........ 43 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION...................................................... 44 14.01 Payment Schedule........................................................................................................... 44 14.02 Progress Payments.......................................................................................................... 44 14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title... . ........ .......... .......... .................... ...................... 46 14.04 Substantial Completion..................................................................................................... 46 14.05 Partial Utilization.............................................................................................................. 47 14.06 Final inspection................................................................................................................ 47 14.07 Final Payment--, .............................................................................................. 48 ............ 14.08 Final Completion Delayed................................................................................................ 49 14.09 Waiver of Claims.............................................................................................................. 49 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION................................................................ 49 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work .................................................. .......... ................................. 49 ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS............................................................................................................. 49 16.01 Giving Notice.................................................................................................................... 49 16.02 Computation of Times...................................................................................................... 49 16.03 Cumulative Remedies...................................................................................................... 49 16.04 Survival of Obligations..................................................................................................... 50 16.05 Controlling Law...... ......... ...... - ............ -- ...... ...... ............... ......................... 50 ARTICLE 17 - CALIFORNIA LEGAL REQUIREMENTS.......................................................................... 50 GW Treatment Plant Modifications -- GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:Vo829ii1 34-p9290-1nOD31pocs15pecsl inal121a Gond'€lions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 3 17.01 State Wage Rate Determinations ........................................... 17.02 Workers Compensation........................................................... 17.03 Apprentices on Public Works ................................................... 17.04 Working Hours......................................................................... 17.05 Contractor Not Responsible for Damage Resulting from Certain Acts of God ......................................................... 17.06 Notice of Completion................................................................ 17.07 Unpaid Claims.......................................................................... 17.08 Concrete Forms, Falsework, and Shoring ............................... 17.09 Retainage from Monthly Payments .......................................... 17.10 Public Works Contracts; Assignment to Awarding Body ......... 17.11 Payroll Records; Retention; Inspection; Non-compliance Penalties; Rules and Regulations ............................................ 17.12 Cultural Resources................................................................... 17.13 Protection of Workers in Trench Excavations .......................... 17.14 Travel and Subsistence Pay .................................................... 17.15 Removal; Relocation; or Protection of Existing Utilities ........... 17.16 Contracts for Digging Trenches or Excavations; Notice of Discovery of Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions; Investigations; Change Orders; Effect on Contract ............... ....................................... 50 ..........I ............................ 50 ...................................... 50 .........I ........ ......... I........... 50 ...................................... 51 .......... .............. I......... 51 ................. I..................... 51 ........................................ 51 ............................ 51 ................ 52 ..................................... 52 ...................................... 53 ................................ 53 .......................... 54 ..........I .............. 54 .... 54 GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092901134-09290-10003\Docs4SpecslFirnak2la Condiiions of Contrad.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 4 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 2. Agreement or Construction Contract —The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment --The form acceptable to ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Beneficial Use or Occupancy — Placing all or any portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) before reaching completion of all of the Work. 6. Bid --The offer or proposal of a bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 7. Bidding Documents --The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 8. Bidding Requirements --The Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security form, if any, and the Bid form with any supplements. 9. Bonds --Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. 10. City of San Juan Capistrano— A legal entity organized and existing in the County of Orange, State of California, and which is sometimes referred to in the Contract Documents as the City or the OWNER. 11. Change Order --A document recommended by ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 12. City — The City San Juan Capistrano, a general law city organized and existing in the County of Orange, State of California, sometimes referred to as the City. 13. Completion — Completion of the Work shall be the date of acceptance of the Work by the OWNER as provided under California Civil Code Section 3056. 14. Consultant — The engineer architect -engineer firm and their designated representatives acting under contract to the OWNER, acting on behalf of the OWNER as their authorized representative within the scope of authority defined in their contract with the OWNER. 15. Contract --The entire and integrated written agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:S09290\134-09290-100030ocs%Specs\FinaR21aConaitionsofConiraci.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 5 16. Contract Documents—Unless otherwise defined in the Agreement or Supplementary Conditions, the Contract Documents establish the rights and obligations of the parties and include the Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, the prevailing rates of wages as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations, the accepted Bid and Bid Schedule, List of Subcontractors, Non-collusion Affidavit, Bidder's General Information statement, Bid Security or Bid Bond, the Agreement or Construction Contract, Worker's Compensation Certificate, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Insurance Certificates, Notice of Award, Notice to Proceed, Notice of Completion, General Conditions of the Construction Contract, Supplementary General Conditions, Technical Specifications, and Drawings and all Addenda issued prior to bid opening, together with all written amendments, Change Orders and Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Approved Shop Drawings and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in this paragraph are Contract Documents. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, and the like that may be furnished by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are not Contract Documents. 17. Contract Price --The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 18. Contract Unit Price(s) — The price or prices quoted by the Bidder for performing and furnishing each item of the Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 19. Contract Times --The number of days or the dates stated in the Contract Documents to: (i) achieve Substantial Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment. 20. CONTRACTOR--The individual or entity with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 21. Cost of the Work--See paragraph 11.01.A for definition. 22. City—The City of San Juan Capistrano. Sometimes referred to as the City or the Owner. 23. City Engineer—The City Engineer of the City of San Juan Capistrano, or his or her designated representative and who is referred to in the Contract Documents as the ENGINEER. 24. Drawings--That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by ENGINEER which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by CONTRACTOR. Shop Drawings and other CONTRACTOR submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 25. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effec- tive, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 26. ENGINEER—The City Engineer of the City of San Juan Capistrano, or his or her designated representative. 27. ENGINEER's Consultant--An individual or entity having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 28. Field Order--A written order issued by ENGINEER which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 29. General Requirements--Sections of Division 1 of the Technical Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT PA09290i134-09290.100031Docs5Specs\Fina1121aConditions ofConVact.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 6 30. Hazardous Environmental Condition--The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 31. Hazardous Waste--The terra Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 32. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations--Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 33. Liens or Stop Notices -- Charges or encumbrances upon Project funds pursuant to California Civil Code Section 3179 et seq.. 34. Milestone--A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate com- pletion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 35. Notice of Award--The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 36. Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 37. OWNER--The individual, entity, public body, or authority with whore CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 38. Partial Utilization--Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 39. PCBs--Polychlorinated biphenyls. 40. Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard condi- tions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 41. Project --The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as may be indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 42. Radioactive Material--Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 43. Resident Project Representative (RPR) or Project Representative--The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. Said Project Representative shall be the only person through whom all liaison between the Contractor and the Owner shall be directed. 44. Samples--Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 45. Shop Drawings--All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 46. Site--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by OWNER upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by OWNER which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT PA09290\1 34-09290-00031Docs1Specs�Firiall2€a Cor4dRions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 7 47. Specifications--That part of the Contract. Documents consisting of Part I Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders Bid forms, Agreement, Bonds, and certificates, Part 11 General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, and Part III Technical Specifications consisting of written technical descriptions of systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 48. Subcontractor--An individual or entity having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 49. Substantial Completion--The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 50. Supplementary General Conditions--That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions of the Construction Contract.. 51. Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 52. Underground Facilities--All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 53. Unit Price Work --Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 54. Work --The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof re- quired to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents, 55. Work Change Directive--A written statement to CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 56. Written Amendment--A written statement modifying the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the non-engineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction-related aspects of the Contract Docu- ments. 1.02 Terminology A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as allowed,,, "as approved,,, or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Ploszso113a-o9zs€3-1o€031nocs+SpacslFinal+2laConditions ofcontract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 8 general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. B. Day 1. The word "day" shall constitute a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. C. Defective 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the require- ments of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER`s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of CONTRACTOR, "provide" is implied. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies of the Contract Documents. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT :ti€szso»s4-oszso-tcaos`oa�ss�� s s�� ztacanditionsofConuad-docx GENERAL. CONDITIONS PAGE 9 A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agree- ment or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Pro- ceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. 2.04 Starting the Work A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. CONTRACTOR's Review of Contract Documents: Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify perti- nent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for its timely review: 1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing, and processing such submittal; and 3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. C. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the. Site is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.05.13, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. finless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, at least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submit - GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:109290513409290-100031Docs15pees5Finai521a Conditions of Contract.dou GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 10 ted in accordance with paragraph 2.05.B. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted to ENGINEER. 1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the progress schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsi- bility therefor. 2. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract. Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part there- of) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to OWNER. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in Article 9. D. The work to be performed under this Contract shall consist of furnishing all plant, tools, equipment, materials, and manufactured articles and for furnishing all transportation services, and all fuel, power, water, and essential communications, and for the performance of all labor, work, or other operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract in strict accordance with the Specifications, Drawings„ Schedules, and other Contract Documents as defined in the Contract, all of which are made a part hereof and including such detail sketches as may be furnished by the Engineer from time to time during construction in explanation of said Drawings or other Contract Documents. E The Work shall be complete and operable, and all work, materials, and services not expressly called for or shown in the Contract Documents which may be necessary for the complete and proper construction of the Work in good faith shall be performed, furnished, and installed by the Contractor as though originally so specified or shown, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organiza- tion, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT n:tagzsa 3sa-a�zso-�Qoa�;Doos saes+Finsilzla condiGonspf contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 11 ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall any such provision or instruction be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents, or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambigu- ity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provi- sion of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.13.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.04; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepan- cy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: (i) a Written Amendment; (ii) a Change Order; or (iii) a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: (I) a Field Order; (ii) ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; or (iii) ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarifi- cation. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER: (1) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, including electronic media editions; and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaption by ENGINEER. This prohibition will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude CONTRACTOR from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 0�i�[iOGSiSp�GS`�IRd�2iBConditions ofContraadacx GENERAL CONDITIONS- PAGE 12 REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which CONTRACTOR must comply in performing the Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing the Site, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface struc- tures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice; If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092901134-€19290-100031Qncs15perstFinaR21aConditions ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 13 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. B. ENGINEER's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: if: a, such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.08 and 11.03. 2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment; or c. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by para- graph 4.03.A. 3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. However, OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:092905134-09290-10003%Docs1$pecslFinal121aConditiorsofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 14 such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, c. coordination of the Work with the OWNERS of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), identify the OWNER of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that OWNER and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price of Contract Times,. or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092901134-09290-100031DocslSpecsSFina[ 21a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL. CONDITIONS — PAGE 15 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or Z. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. D. If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16); and (iii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by CONTRACTOR, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. E. If after receipt of such written notice CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then OWNER may order the portion. of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ENGINEERS, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.E shall obligate OWNER to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:',092901134-69290-10003i1)ocslSpecslFinall21a Conditions of Gortract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS --- PAGE 16 claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ENGINEERS, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whore CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.F shall obligate CONTRACTOR to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. I. The provisions of paragraphs 4.02, 4.63, and 4.04 are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.02 Certificates of Insurance A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain. OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR or any other additional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain. 5.03 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of there to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: (i) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employ- ment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the OWNERSHIP, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092901134-09290-100031E)onslspecslFina1121aCondtionsofCuntract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 17 B. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.03 to be purchased and maintained shall, 1. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.03.A.3 through 5.03.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) OWNER and ENGINEER, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, employees, of each and any of all such additional Insureds, and the insurance afforded to these addi- tional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.07and 6.11 ; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.02 will so provide); 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.07; and 7, with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). 5.04 OWNER's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.04, OWNER, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.05 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water dam- age, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:\092901134-09290-100031oocslSpecsiFtrat\21 a ccndi en5 of contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 18 Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of ENGINEERS and architects); 4, cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equip- ment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER, 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consul- tants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be pur- chased and maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.05 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07. D. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. E. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.05, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. 5.06 Waiver of Rights A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.05 will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplemen- tary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P.109290%134-09290-100031E)ocs1Specs',Final12Ia conditions of Contract.dccx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 19 employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to OWNER's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other peril whether or not insured by OWNER; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in paragraph 5.06.13 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, or NGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.07 Receipt and Application of insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraph 5.05 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.07.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. B. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5.08 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either OWNER or CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provi- sions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accor- dance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.05.C. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.09 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer GW Treatment Plant Modifications _. GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:s09290\134-09290-10003�DocslSpacs}Finail21a Conditians of contract.docx GENERAL. CONDITIONS — PAGE 20 A. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 W CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and. Superintendence A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of OWNER or ENGINEER in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident superintendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on CONTRACTOR. C. The CONTRACTOR's authorized representative shall be present at the site of the Work at all times while the Work is in progress. Failure to observe this requirement shall be considered as a suspension of the Work by the CONTRACTOR. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, fay out, and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT PA0929M13R-09290-10003kDocs\SpeeslFinaR2laConditions ofContraet.doa GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 21 provided in the Contract Documents. 6.04 Progress Schedule A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or -Equal" Items: If inENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; (ii) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, and; b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i) there is no increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii) it will conform substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Hems a. If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. c. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be as set forth in paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for review of a proposed GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092901134-09290-100031DocslSpecslFinal121aConditns ofCoplract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 22 substitute item of material or equipment that CONTRACTOR seeks to furnish or use. The application shall certify that the proposed substitute item will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified, and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item and whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified will be identified in the application, and available ENGINEERING, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute item. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, se- quence, or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.05.A.2. C. ENGINEER's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.13. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until ENGINEER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." ENGINEER will advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. ENGINEER's Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute. F. CONTRACTOR's Expense: CONTRACTOR shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (includ- ing those acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6.06.13), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom OWNER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. 13. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance for acceptance by OWNER by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding GW Treatment Plant Modifications -- GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:5092901134-09290-100031Docs5Specs�Piral121aCorditiorsofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS --• PAGE 23 Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. C. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR. E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR. F. The divisions, and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.05, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. It a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regula- tions, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ENGINEERS, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT PA092901134-09290-10003\Docs\SpecslFinah2laConditionsofcontract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS -- PAGE 24 invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility OWNERS for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility OWNERS for capital costs related thereto, such as plant investment fees. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ENGINEERS, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. .Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the OWNER or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such OWNER or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEE=R, ENGINEER's Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ENGINEERS, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT RW92901134-09290-100031Docs\SpecslFinaA21a Condit'€ons of Ccntract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS -- PAGE 25 out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such OWNER or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Gleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it ready for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pave- ments, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, reloca- tion, or replacement in the course of construction. B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNERS of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility OWNERs when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or NGINEER's Consultant, or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAG for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" P:s0929W34-09290-1ooa3tDoestiSpeoslFinaRz1aConditions ofContrad.doox GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 26 paragraph 14.07.6 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show ENGINEER the services, materials, and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.07, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. D. Submittal Procedures 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assem- bly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT PA09290\134-09290-100030ocs\SpecsTinah21aCcndiiiors ofContract.dacx GENERAL CONDITIONS -•- PAGE 27 d. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satis- fied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review and approval of that submittal. 3. At the time of each submittal, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample sub- mitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. E. ENGINEER's Review 1. ENGINEER will timely review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER. ENGINEER's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. ENGINEER's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of each submittal as required by paragraph 6.17.D.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.17.D.1. F. Resubmittal Procedures 1. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted under the Construction Contract or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER'S Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:t092901134-09290-10003%Docs%SpecslFinaR21a Con6Uons of Contracf.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 28 CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. B. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by ENGINEER; 2. recommendation by ENGINEER or payment by OWNER of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related thereto by OWNER; 4, use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; 5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so; 6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER; 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 8. any correction of defective Work by OWNER. ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK 7.01 Related Work at Site A. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the Site by OWNER's employees, or let other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility OWNERs. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then, 1, written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. B. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other CONTRACTOR who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility OWNER (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with OWNER's employ- ees) proper and safe access to the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility OWNERs and other CONTRACTORs to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility OWNERs and other CONTRACTORS. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work per- formed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable GW Treatment Plant Modifications -- GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:�092905134-09290-90003iDocslSpecslFinafl2la Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL.. CONDITIONS -- PAGE 29 or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRACTOR's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If OWNER intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various CONTRACTORs will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to CONTRACTOR A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communi- cations to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER A. In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an ENGINEER to whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 8.03 Furnish Data A. OWNER shall promptly furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing ENGINEERing surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. OWNER's responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5 and the Construction Contract. 8.07 Change Orders A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.03. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:�09290\134-09290-90403\DocslSpeasSF'crEih21aConditions ofContractdoex GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 30 8.08 inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.03.B. 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER's obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 OWNER'S Representative A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. 9.02 Visits to Site A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER, for the benefit of OWNER, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. B. ENGINEER's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.10, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P: oS2sotit3a-osz9a-10DD31L7o s SpecsSrinal121a Condidonsof Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 31 A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.10 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the Site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a written clarification or interpretation, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. C. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determina- tions on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by ENGINEER to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, subject to the provisions of paragraphs 10.05 through 10.09, inclusive. 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAG for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:109290%134-09290-100031DocstSpeesSFinai121a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 32 acceptability of the Work, the quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, and Claims seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a formal decision. B. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this paragraph 9.09, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to this paragraph 9.09 with respect to any such Claim, dispute, or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.07) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such Claim, dispute, or other matter. 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative, and assistants. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES 1N THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at anytime or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:%09290%134-09290-100031DocslSpecsSFinal521a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS --- PAGE 33 A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.04.B. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10,01.A, (ii) re- quired because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.08.A or OWNER's correction of defective Work under paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3, changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility. The amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims and Disputes A. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, dispute, or other matter with supporting data shall be delivered to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim, dispute, or other matter). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.01.6. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). B. ENGINEER's Decision: ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. ENGINEER's written decision on such Claim, dispute, or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: 1. an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in the Construction Contract 2, if no such dispute resolution procedures have been set forth in the Construction Contract, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such decision, and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction within 60 GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092301134-09290-100035Docs�SpecslFinaR21a Cond[tions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS -^- PAGE 34 days after the date of such decision or within 60 days after Substantial Completion, whichever is later (unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such Claim, dispute, or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in writing within the time stated in paragraph 10.05.6, a decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. D. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 10.05. 10.06 Allowable Quantity Variations on Unit Price Contracts: A In the event of an increase or decrease in a bid item quantity of a unit price contract, the total amount of work actually done or materials or equipment furnished shall be paid for according to the unit price established for such work under the Contract Documents, wherever such unit price has been established; provided, that an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price may be made for changes which result in an increase or decrease in the quantity of any unit price bid item of the Work in excess of 25 percent, or for eliminated items of work. 10.07 Increases of More Than 25 Percent on Unit Price Contracts: A. On a unit price contract, should the total quantity of any item of Work required under the Contract exceed the ENGINEER's Estimate therefor by more than 25 percent, the Work in excess of 125 percent of such estimate and not covered by an executed contract Change Order specifying the compensation to be paid therefor will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Unit Price, as hereinafter provided, or at the option of the OWNER, payment for the Work involved in such excess will be made on the basis of force account as provided in Article 11. B. Such adjustment of the Contract Unit Price will be the difference between the Contract Unit Price and the actual unit cost, which will be determined as hereinafter provided, of the total pay quantity of the item. If the costs applicable to such item of Work include fixed costs, such fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the CONTRACTOR by the payments made for 125 percent of the ENGINEER's Estimate of the quantity for such item, and in computing the actual unit cost, such fixed costs will be excluded. Subject to the above provisions, such actual unit cost will be determined by the ENGINEER in the same manner as if the Work were to be paid for on a force account basis as provided in Article 11, herein, or such adjustment will be as agreed to by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. C. When the compensation payable for the number of units of an item of Work performed in excess of 125 percent of the ENGINEER's Estimate is less than $5,000 at the applicable Contract Unit Price, the ENGINEER reserves the right to make no adjustment in said price if he so elects, except that an adjustment will be made if requested in writing by the CONTRACTOR. 10.08 Decreases of More Than 25 Percent on Unit Price Contracts: A. On unit price contracts, should the total pay quantity of any item of work required under the contract be less than 75 percent of the ENGINEER's Estimate therefor, an adjustment in compensation pursuant to this Section will not be made unless the CONTRACTOR so requests in writing. If the CONTRACTOR so requests, the quantity of said item performed, unless covered by an executed contract change order specifying the compensation payable therefor, will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Unit Price as hereinafter provided, or at the option of the ENGINEER, payment for the quantity of the Work of such item performed will be made on the basis of force account as provided in Article 11, herein; provided however, that in no case shall the payment for such Work be less than that which would be made at the Contract Unit Price. B. Such adjustment of the contract unit price will be the difference between the contract unit price and the actual unit cost, which will be determined as hereinafter provided, of the total pay quantity of the item, including fixed costs. Such actual unit cost will be determined by the ENGINEER in the same GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:S092901134-09290-1€ 003%Docs15pecslFinal121a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 35 manner as if the Work were to be paid for on a force account basis as provided in Article 11; or such adjustment will be as agreed to by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. C. The payment for the total pay quantity of such item of Work will in no case exceed the payment which would be made for the performance of 75 percent of the ENGINEER's Estimate of the quantity for such item at the original Contract Unit Price. 10.09 Eliminated Items on Unit Price Contracts: A. On unit price contracts, should any contract item of the Work be eliminated in its entirety, in the absence of an executed contract Change Order covering such elimination, payment will be made to the CONTRACTOR for actual costs incurred in connection with such eliminated contract item if incurred prior to the date of notification in writing by the ENGINEER of such elimination. B. If acceptable material is ordered by the CONTRACTOR for the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of such elimination by the ENGINEER, and if orders for such material cannot be canceled, it will be paid for at the actual cost to the CONTRACTOR. In such case, the material paid for shall become the property of the OWNER and the actual cost of any further handling will be paid for by the OWNER. If the material is returnable to the vendor and if the ENGINEER so directs the CONTRACTOR, the material shall be returned and the CONTRACTOR will be paid for the actual cost of charges made by the vendor for returning the material. The actual cost of handling returned material will be paid for. C. The actual costs or charges to be paid by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR as provided in this Article 10 will be computed in the same manner as if the Work were to be paid for on a force account basis as provided in Article 11 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to CONTRACTOR will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.01.8. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be appor- tioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER, GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT ia:1092901134-09290-10003lDocs%SpecslFinaR213 Condit ons of Conaaat.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 36 who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to ENGINEERS, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following., a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work,and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the per- formance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with paragraph 5.05.10), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. L When the Cost of the Work is used to determine the value of a Change Order or of a Claim, the cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of the changes in the Work or caused by the event giving rise to the Claim. j. When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, the costs of premiums for all Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items; 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, ENGINEERS, architects, estimators, attor- GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092901134-09290-1ooa31DocsiSpecs\Finali2laConditions ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 37 neys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR, whether at the Site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's fee. 2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the Site. 3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indi- rectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraphs 11,01.A and 11.01.13. C. CONTRACTOR's Pee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determined as set forth in paragraph 12.01.0. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.€71.13, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Cash Allowances A, It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, over- head, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. B. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaran- teed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER subject to the provisions of paragraph 9.08. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:%092901134-09290-10003SDocslSpecslFinall21 a Conditions of Comract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 38 B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be ade- quate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accor- dance with paragraph 10.05 if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work; and 3, if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. 11.04 Cost of Work (Based on Time Materials, and Equipment and CONTRACTOR's Overhead and Profit): A. General. The term "Cost of Work" shall mean the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by the CONTRACTOR for labor, materials, and equipment plus CONTRACTOR's overhead, and profit in the proper performance of Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by the OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project. B. Labor: The cost of labor used in performing Work by the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor, or other forces will be the sum of the following: 1. The actual wages paid plus any employer payments to, or on behalf of Workers for fringe benefits including health and welfare, pension, vacation, and similar purposes. The cost of labor may include the wages paid to foremen when determined by the ENGINEER that the services of foremen do not constitute a part of the overhead allowance as defined in Article 11.06, herein. To the actual wages, as defined in paragraph 11.048(1), herein, will be added a labor surcharge set forth in the California Department of Transportation publication entitled Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rates, which is in effect on the date upon which the Work is accomplished and which is hereby included as a part of these General Conditions by this reference thereto. Said labor surcharge shall constitute full compensation for all payments imposed by the State and Federal laws and for all other payments made to, or on behalf of, the Workers, other than actual wages as defined in paragraph 11 .0413(l), herein, and subsistence and travel allowance as specified in paragraph 11.04B(3), herein. 3. The amount paid for subsistence and travel required by collective bargaining agreements, or in accordance with the regular practice of the employer. At the beginning of the extra work and as later requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish the ENGINEER proof of labor compensation rates being paid. C. Materials: The cost of materials used in performing Work will be the cost to the purchaser, whether CONTRACTOR or Subcontractor, from the supplier thereof, except as the following are applicable: 1. Trade discounts available to the purchaser shall be credited to the OWNER notwithstanding the fact that such discounts may not have been taken by the CONTRACTOR. 2. For materials secured by other than a direct purchase and direct billing to the purchaser, the cost shall be deemed to be the price paid to the actual supplier as determined by the ENGINEER. Markup except for actual costs incurred in the handling of such materials will not be allowed. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092901134-09290-10003iDocslSpecs%FinaI121a Condilions of Cor," t.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS -- PAGE 39 3. Payment for materials from sources owned wholly or in part by the purchaser shall not exceed the price paid by the purchaser for similar materials from said sources on extra work items or the current wholesale price for such materials delivered to the Work site, whichever price is lower. 4. If in the opinion of the ENGINEER the cost of material is excessive, or the CONTRACTOR does not furnish satisfactory evidence of the cost of such material, then the cost shall be deemed to be the lowest current wholesale price for the quantity concerned delivered to the Work site less trade discount. The OWNER reserves the right to furnish materials for the extra Work and no claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for costs, overhead, and profit on such materials. D. Equipment., The CONTRACTOR will be paid for the use of equipment at the rental rate listed for such equipment specified in the Supplementary General Conditions. Such rental rate will be used to compute payments for equipment whether the equipment is under the CONTRACTOR`s control through direct OWNERSHIP, leasing, renting, or another method of acquisition. The rental rate to be applied for use of each items of equipment shall be the rate resulting in the least total cost to the OWNER for the total period of use. If it is deemed necessary by the CONTRACTOR to use equipment not listed in the foregoing publication, an equitable rental rate for the equipment will be established by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR may furnish cost data which might assist the ENGINEER in the establishment of the rental rate. 1. All equipment shall, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, be in good working condition and suitable for the purpose for which the equipment is to be used. 2. Before construction equipment is used on the extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall plainly stencil or stamp an identifying number thereon at a conspicuous location, and shall furnish to the ENGINEER, in duplicate, a description of the equipment and its identifying number. 3. Unless otherwise specified, manufacturer's ratings and manufacturer approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment for the determination of applicable rental rates. Equipment which has no direct power unit shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer. Individual pieces of equipment or tools having a replacement value of $200 or less, whether or not consumed by use, shall be considered to be small tools and no payment will be made therefor. 5. Rental time will not be allowed while equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns. E. Equipment on the Work: The rental time to be paid for equipment on the Work shall be the time the equipment is in productive operation on the extra Work being performed and, in addition, shall include the time required to move the equipment to the location of the extra Work and return it to the original location or to another location requiring no more time than that required to return it to its original location; except, that moving time will not be paid if the equipment is used on other than the extra Work, even though located at the site of the extra Work. Loading and transporting costs will be allowed, in lieu of moving time, when the equipment is moved by means other than its own power, except that no payment will be made for loading and transporting costs when the equipment is used at the site of the extra Work on other than the extra Work. The following shall be used in computing the rental time of equipment on the Work. When hourly rates are listed, any part of an hour less than 30 minutes of operation shall be considered to be 112 -hour of operation, and any part of an hour greater than 30 minutes will be considered one hour of operation. 2. When daily rates are listed, any part of a day less than 4 hours operation shall be considered to be 1I2 -day of operation. 3. When OWNER -operated equipment is used to perform extra Work to be paid for on a time and materials basis, the CONTRACTOR will be paid for the equipment and operator, as set forth in Subparagraphs (4), (5), and (6), following: GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL. CONDITIONS of THE CONTRACT P:109290134-092sn-10003NDocs\Specs�FinaA21aConditions ofContract,docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 40 4. Payment for the equipment will be made in accordance with the provisions in paragraph 11.04D, herein. 5. Payment for the cost of labor and subsistence or travel allowance will be made at the rates paid by the CONTRACTOR to other workers operating similar equipment already on the Work, or in the absence of such labor, established by collective bargaining agreements for the type of workers and location of the extra work, whether or not the operator is actually covered by such an agreement. A labor surcharge will be added to the cost of labor described herein in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 11.04B, herein, which surcharge shall constitute full compensation for payments imposed by state and federal laws and all other payments made to on behalf of workers other than actual wages. 6. To the direct cost of equipment rental and labor, computed as provided herein, will be added the allowances for equipment rental and labor as provided in Article 11.06 herein. 11.05 Special Services: A. Special Work or services are defined as that Work characterized by extraordinary complexity, sophistication, or innovation or a combination of the foregoing attributes which are unique to the construction industry. The following may be considered by the ENGINEER in making estimates for payment for special services: When the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR, by agreement, determine that a special service or Work is required which cannot be performed by the forces of the CONTRACTOR or those of any of its Subcontractors, the special service or Work may be performed by an entity especially skilled in the Work to be performed. After validation of invoices and determination of market values by the ENGINEER, invoices for special services or Work based upon the current fair market value thereof may be accepted without complete itemization of labor, material, and equipment rental costs. 2. When the CONTRACTOR is required to perform Work necessitating special fabrication or machining process in a fabrication or a machine shop facility away from the job site, the charges for that portion of the Work performed at the off-site facility may, by agreement, be accepted as a special service and accordingly, the invoices for the Work may be accepted without detailed itemization. 3. NI invoices for special services will be adjusted by deducting all trade discounts offered or available, whether the discounts were taken or not. In lieu of the allowances for overhead and profit specified in Article 11.06, herein, an allowance of 5 percent will be added to invoices for special services. B. All Work performed hereunder shall be subject to all of the provisions of the Contract Documents and the CONTRACTOR's sureties shall be bound with reference thereto as under the original Agreement. Copies of all amendments to surety bonds or supplemental surety bonds shall be submitted to the OWNER for review prior to the performance of any Work hereunder. 11.06 CONTRACTOR's Overhead and Profit: A. Work ordered on the basis of time and materials will be paid for at the actual necessary cost as determined by the ENGINEER, plus allowances for overhead and profit. For extra work involving a combination of increases and decreases in the Work the actual necessary cost will be the arithmetic sum of the additive and deductive costs. The allowance for overhead and profit shall include full compensation for superintendence, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, office expense, and all other items of expense or cost not included in the cost of labor, materials, or equipment provided for under Paragraphs 11.0413, 11.04C, and 11.04D, herein including extended overhead and home office overhead. The allowance for overhead and profit will be made in accordance with the following schedule: GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092901134-139290-10003tDecs\SpecslFinai121aConditions ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS -- PAGE 41 ACTUAL NECESSARY OVERHEAD AND COST PROFIT ALLOWANCE Labor 20 percent Materials 15 percent Equipment 15 percent Subcontracts (15t tier) 5 percent B. It is understood that labor, materials, and equipment may be furnished by the CONTRACTOR or by the Subcontractor on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. When all or any part of the extra Work is performed by a Subcontractor, the allowance specified herein shall be applied to the labor, materials, and equipment costs of the Subcontractor, to which the CONTRACTOR may add 5 percent of the Subcontractor's total cost for the extra Work. Regardless of the number of hierarchical tiers of Subcontractors, the 5 -percent increase above the Subcontractor's total cost which includes the allowances for overhead and profit specified herein may be applied one time only for each separate Work transaction. No markup allowance will be made for sub -subcontractors or below. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of para- graph 11.03 ); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 12.01.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 12.01.8.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.06). C. CONTRACTOR's Pee: The CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as provided in paragraph 11.06.: 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12 and the Construction Contract, GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT R\092901134-09296-160031DocslSpecslFinal121s Con6tions ofContract.dou GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 42 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.D below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.04.8 shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.04.13; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.03.E shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense.B. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092901134-09290.10€1031Docs15pecslFina1121a Conditions of Contract docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 43 If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ENGINEERS, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others), and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ENGINEERS, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by taws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is hound to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for CONTRACTOR's use by OWNER or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (l) repair such defective land or areas, or (ii) correct such defective Work or, if the defective Work has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (Ili) satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work re- moved and replaced, and all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ENGINEERS, architects, attorneys„ and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. B. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT PA09290V134-09290-100031Docs5Specs%Fina1121aConditions ofCortract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 44 C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and re- placement has been satisfactorily completed. D. CONTRACTOR's obligations under this paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ENGINEERS, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.05.A, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other CONTRACTORS, and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the Site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ENGINEERS, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09 will be charged against CONTRACTOR, and a Change Order will be issued incorpo- rating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. D. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P.109290\134-09290-100031DoeslSpecs',rinal121a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 45 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Payment Schedule A. On lump sum contracts, the schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. B. On unit price contracts, the Bid Schedule shall be the basis for progress payments and all Work will be paid for at the contract prices named in the Bid Schedule per unit of measurement. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments 1. At least 20 days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Docu- ments. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to OWNER. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of Retainage with respect to progress payments shall be as follows:: a The Owner will retain 10 percent of each approved progress payment until the Work is 50 percent complete; then, the Owner may at its option suspend further Retainage until the final progress payment. b The Owner reserves the right to reinstate up to 10 percent Retainage of the total of the Work done if the Owner determines, at its discretion, that there is other cause for such Retainage. B. Review of Applications 1. ENGINEER will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER or return the Applica- tion to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:i092901134-09290-10003\Dc)cs15pecs\FinaR21 a Conditions of Conlract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 46 b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.08, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (I) inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved de- tailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents; or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 4. Neither ENGINEER's review of CONTRACTOR's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the Work or for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Additionally, said review or recommendation will not impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to OWNER free and clear of any Liens. 5. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.02.13.2. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Orders; c. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.09; or d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of paragraph 14A2.D) become due, and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. D. Reduction in Payment 1. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: a. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work; GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P.109290%134-09296-100031DocslSpecsiFinal121a Conditions of Contracl.doex GENERAL CONDITIONS. PAGE 47 b. Stop Notices have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Stop Notices; c. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended; or d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.02.13.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or paragraph 15.02.A. 2. if OWNER refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER, OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. OWNER shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 3. If it is subsequently determined that OWNER's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by paragraph 14.02.CA . 14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said 14 days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. B. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT PM92901134-8929(-10QC3lDocsiSpecslFinaN21a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 48 A. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR"s performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following conditions. 1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall snake an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 14.06 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment 1, After CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion of ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (1) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.03.6.7; (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (1) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:5092901134-09290-10003ADocs18pecs%Finall21a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 49 OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. B. Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspec- tion, and ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to OWNER for payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. 2. After acceptance of the Work by the OWNER's governing body, the OWNER will make final payment to the CONTRACTOR of the amount remaining after deducting all prior payments and all amounts to be kept or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents, including the following items: Liquidated damages, as applicable a. Retainage from final progress payment Withholding of one and one-half times the value of any outstanding. items of correction work or Punch List items which are yet uncompleted or uncorrected, as applicable. All such work shall be completed or corrected to the satisfaction of the OWNER within the time specified in the Supplementary General Conditions, otherwise the CONTRACTOR does hereby waive any and all claims to all monies withheld by the OWNER to cover the value of such uncompleted or uncorrected items. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and, when due, will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the Retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in the Construction Contract consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. Subject to the provisions of California Public Contract Code Section 7100, the making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR filed subsequent to the making of final payment, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:109290\334-09290-100031OocslSpecslFincl\21aCondit[ons ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 50 inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing which are still unsettled. B Payment of undisputed contract amounts is contingent upon the CONTRACTOR furnishing the OWNER with a release of all claims against the OWNER by virtue of the public works contract related to those amounts. Disputed contract claims in stated amounts may be excluded by the CONTRACTOR from the operation of the release. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR mares a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS 16.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whore it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 16.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 16.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations Imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 16.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or comple- tion of the Agreement. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:109290',134-09290-100031DocslSpecs%Fina€',21a Conditions of Gontract.docx GENERAL. CONDITIONS — PAGE 51 16.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the State of California. ARTICLE 17.-- CALIFORNIA LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 17.01 State Wage Determinations: A. As required by Sections 1770 and following, of the California Labor Code, the CONTRACTOR shall pay not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. Copies of such prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file at the office of the OWNER, which copies shall be made available to any interested party on request. The CONTRACTOR shall post a copy of such determination at each job site. B. The CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty to the OWNER, forfeit $50.00 for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the Director for such work or craft in which such worker is employed for any public work done under the contract by him or by any subcontractor under him. 17.02 Workers' Compensation: A. In accordance with the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code, the CONTRACTOR shall secure the payment of compensation to its employees. B. Prior to beginning work under the Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall sign and file with the OWNER the following certification:" I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract." C. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, before the Contract is executed on behalf of the OWNER, a bidder to whom a contract has been awarded shall furnish satisfactory evidence that it has secured in the manner required and provided by law the payment of workers' compensation. 17.03 Apprentices on Public Works: A The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable provisions of Section 1777.5 and 1777.6 of the California Labor Code relating to employment of apprentices on public works. 17.04 Working Hours: A The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable provisions of Section 1810 to 1815, inclusive, of the California Labor Code relating to working hours. The CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty to the OWNER, forfeit $25.00 for each worker employed in the execution of the Contract by the CONTRACTOR or by any sub- CONTRACTOR for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week, unless such work receives compensation for all hours worked in excess of 8 hours at not less than 1-112 times the basic rate of pay. 17.05 CONTRACTOR Not Responsible For Damage Resulting From Certain Acts of God; A As provided in Section 7103 of the California Public Contract Code,(Chapter 694,A.B, No. 3416, Stats. of 1990), the CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the cost of repairing or restoring damage to the Work which damage is determined to have been proximately caused by an act of God, in excess of 5 percent of the contracted amount, provided, that the Work damaged was built in accordance with accepted and applicable building standards and the plans and specifications of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain insurance to indemnify the OWNER for any damage to the Work caused by an act of God if the insurance premium is a separate bid item in the bidding schedule for the Work. For GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092901134-09290-100031f7ocs\SpeeslFinal121a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 52 purposes of this section, the term "acts of God" shall include only the following occurrences or conditions and effects: earthquakes in excess of a magnitude of 3.5 on the Richter Scale, and tidal waves. 17.06 Notice of Completion: A In accordance with the Sections 3086 and 3093 of the California Civil Code, within 10 days after date of acceptance of the Work by the OWNER's governing body, the OWNER will file, in the County Recorder's office, a Notice of Completion of the Work. 17.07 Unpaid Claims: A If, at any time prior to the expiration of the period for service of a Stop Notice, there is served upon the OWNER a Stop Notice as provided in Sections 3179 through 3210 of the Civil Code of the State of California, the OWNER shall, until the discharge thereof, withhold from the moneys under its control so much of said moneys due or to become due the CONTRACTOR under this Contract as shall be sufficient to answer the claim stated in such stop notice and to provide for the reasonable cost of any litigation thereunder; provided, that if the ENGINEER shall, in its discretion, permit the CONTRACTOR to file with the OWNER the bond referred to in Section 3196 of the Civil Code of the State of California, said moneys shall not thereafter be withheld on account of such Stop Notice. 17.08 Concrete Forms, Falsework, and Shoring: The CONTRACTOR shall comply fully with the requirements of Section 1717 of the Construction Safety Orders, State of California, Department of Industrial Relations, regarding the design of concrete forms, falsework and shoring, and the inspection of same prior to placement of concrete. Where the said Section 1717 requires the services of a civil ENGINEER registered in the State of California to approve design calculations and working drawings of the falsework or shoring system, or to inspect such system prior to placement of concrete, the CONTRACTOR shall employ a registered civil ENGINEER for these purposes, and all costs therefor shall be included in the price named in the Contract for completion of the Work as set forth in the Contract Documents. 17.09 Retainage From Monthly Payments: A Pursuant to Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the CONTRACTOR may substitute securities for any money withheld by the OWNER to insure performance under the Contract. At the request and expense of the CONTRACTOR, securities equivalent to the amount withheld shall be deposited with the OWNER or with a state or federally chartered bank as the escrow agent, who shall return such securities to the CONTRACTOR upon satisfactory completion of the Contract. Deposit of securities with an escrow agent shall be subject to a written agreement for in -lieu construction payment retention provided by the OWNER between the escrow agent and the OWNER which provides that no portion of the securities shall be paid to the CONTRACTOR until the OWNER has certified to the escrow agent, in writing, that the Contract has been satisfactorily completed. The OWNER will not certify that the Contract has been satisfactorily completed until at least 30 days after filing by the OWNER of a Notice of Completion. Securities eligible for investment under Public Contract Code Section 22300 shall be limited to those listed in Section 16€30 of the Government Code and to bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit. 17.10 Public Works Contracts; Assignment to Awarding Body: A In accordance with Section 7103 of the California Public Contract Code (Stats. of 1990), the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors shall conform to the following requirements. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the CONTRACTOR or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the CONTRACTOR, without further acknowledgment by the parties. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT �:tnszso 134-Qszso-1floQ31QocslspecslFirial2ta Conditions ofCanvact,docx GENERAL. CONDITIONS — MAGE 53 17.11 Payroll Records; Retention; Inspection; Noncompliance Penalties; Rules and Regulations: A Each CONTRACTOR and subcontractor shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by him or her in connection with the public work. B The payroll records enumerated under Article 17.11A shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the CONTRACTOR on the following basis: 1. A certified copy of an employee's payroll record shall be made available for inspection or furnished to the employee or his or her authorized representative on request. 2. A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in Article 17.11A, herein, shall be made available for inspection or furnished upon request to a representative of the body awarding the contract, the Division of Labor Standards enforcement, and the Division of Apprenticeship Standards of the Department of Industrial Relations. 3. A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in Article 17.11A, herein, shall be made available upon request by the public for inspection or copies thereof made; provided, however, that a request by the public shall be made through either the body awarding the contract, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. If the requested payroll records have not been provided pursuant to Articles 17.11 B(2), herein, the requesting party shall, prior to being provided the records, reimburse the costs of preparation by the CONTRACTOR, subcontractors, and the entity through which the request was made. The public shall not be given access to the records at the principal office of the CONTRACTOR. C Each CONTRACTOR shall file a certified copy of the records, enumerated in Article 17.11A, herein, with the entity that requested the records within 10 days after receipt of a written request. D Any copy of records made available for inspection as copies and furnished upon request to the public or any public agency by the awarding body, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement shall be marked or obliterated in such a manner as to prevent disclosure of an individual's name, address, and social security number. The name and address of the CONTRACTOR awarded the contract or performing the contract shall not be marked or obliterated. E The CONTRACTOR shall inform the body awarding the contract of the location of the records enumerated under Article 17.11A, herein, including the street address, OWNER and county, and shall, within 5 working days, provide a notice of a change of location and address. F In the event of noncompliance with the requirements of this Section, the CONTRACTOR shall have 10 days in which to comply subsequent to receipt of written notice specifying in what respects the CONTRACTOR must comply with this Section. Should noncompliance still be evident after the 10 -day period, the CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty to the state or political subdivision on whose behalf the contract is made or awarded, forfeit 25 dollars for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then due. G Copy of all payrolls shall be submitted weekly to the ENGINEER. Payrolls shall contain the full name, address and social security number of each employee, his or her correct classification, rate of pay, daily and weekly number of hours worked, itemized deductions made and actual wages paid. They shall also indicate apprentices and ratio of apprentices to journeymen. The employee's address and social security number need only appear on the first payroll on which his name appears. The payroll shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance" signed by the employer or its agent indicating that the payrolls are correct and complete and that the wage rates contained therein are not less than those required by the contract. The "Statement of Compliance" shall be on forms furnished by the OWNER or on any forth with identical wording. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the submission of copies GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:5092901134-69290-100035Docs%SpecslFinaP,21a Conditions ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 54 of payrolls of all subcontractors. H If by the 15th of the month, the CONTRACTOR has not submitted satisfactory payrolls for all work performed during the monthly period ending on or before the 1st of that month, the OWNER will retain an amount equal to. 10 percent of the estimated value of the work performed during the month from the next monthly estimate, except that such retention shall not exceed $10,000 nor be less than $1,000. Retentions for failure to submit satisfactory payrolls shall be additional to all other retentions provided for in the contract. The retention for failure to submit payrolls for any monthly period will be released for payment on the monthly estimate for partial payments next following the date that all the satisfactory payrolls for which the retention was made are submitted. 17.12 Cultural Resources: The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the provisions of the Clean Water Grant Program Bulletin 76A which augments the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. 470 as specified under Section entitled, "Temporary Environmental Controls" of the General Requirements. 17.13 Protection of Workers in Trench Excavations: A As required by Section 6705 of the California Labor Code and in addition thereto, whenever work under the Contract involves the excavation of any trench or trenches 5 feet or more in depth, the CONTRACTOR shall submit for acceptance by the OWNER or by a registered civil or structural ENGINEER, employed by the OWNER, to whorl authority to accept has been delegated, in advance of excavation, a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation, of such trench or trenches. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural ENGINEER employed by the CONTRACTOR, and all costs therefor shall be included in the price named in the Contract for completion of the Work as set forth in the Contract Documents. Nothing in this Section shall be deemed to allow the use of a shoring, sloping, or other protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to impose tort liability on the OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of their officers, agents, representatives, or employees. 17.14 Travel and Subsistence Pay: A As required by Section 1773.8 of the California Labor Code the CONTRACTOR shall pay travel and subsistence payments to each worker needed to execute the Work, as such travel and subsistence payments are defined in the applicable collective bargaining agreements filed in accordance with this Article. B To establish such travel and subsistence payments, the representative of any craft, classification or type of workman needed to execute the contracts shall file with the Department of Industrial Relations fully executed copies of collective bargaining agreements for the particular craft, classification or type of work involved. Such agreements shall be filed within 10 days after their execution and thereafter shall establish such travel and subsistence payments whenever filed 30 days prior to the call for bids. 17.15 Removal, Relocation, or Protection of Existing Utilities: A In accordance with the provisions of Section 4215 of the California Government Code, any contract to which a public agency as defined in Section 4401 is a party, the public agency shall assume the responsibility, between the parties to the contract, for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities located on the site of any construction project that is a subject of the contract, if such utilities are not identified by the public agency in the plans and specifications made apart of the invitation for bids. The agency will compensate the CONTRACTOR for the costs of locating, repairing damage not due to the failure of the CONTRACTOR to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating such utility facilities not indicated in the plans and specifications with reasonable accuracy, and for equipment on the project necessarily idled during such work. B The CONTRACTOR shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1092905134-09290-100031Docs\SpecslFinal%21a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS -- PAGE 55 project, when such delay was caused by the failure of the public agency or the OWNER of the utility to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities. C Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the public agency to indicate the presence of existing service laterals or appurtenances whenever the presence of such utilities on the site of the construction project can be inferred from the presence of other visible facilities, such as buildings, meter and junction boxes, on or adjacent to the site of the construction; provided, however, nothing herein shall relieve the public agency from identifying main or trunk lines in the plans and specifications. D If the CONTRACTOR while performing the contract discovers utility facilities not identified by the public agency in the contract plans or specifications, he or she shall immediately notify the public agency and utility in writing. E The public utility, where they are the OWNER, shall have the sole discretion to perform repairs or relocation work or permit the CONTRACTOR to do such repairs or relocation work at a reasonable price. 17.16 Contracts for Digging Trenches or Excavations; Notice on Discovery of Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions; Investigations; Change Orders; Effect on Contract. A As required under Section 7104 of the Public Contracts Code (Stats. of 1990), in any public works contract of a local public entity which involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface shall be subject to the following conditions: The CONTRACTOR shall promptly, and before the conditions specified in Section 7104(a), therein, are disturbed, notify the public entity in writing, of any of the conditions described in Section 7104(a)(1) through 7104(a)(3).. * END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS * GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:1,0 929051 34-09 290-1 00 031DocslSpecsSF€na1121aConditions ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 56 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL. These Supplementary General Conditions make additions, deletions, or revisions to the General Conditions, as indicated herein. All provisions which are not so added, deleted, or revised remain in full force and effect. Terms used in these Supplementary General Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the same meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT, AMENDING, AND REUSE 3.01 Intent: The following paragraph F shall be added to Article 3.01 of the General Conditions: D The location of the Work, its general nature and extent, and the form and general dimensions of the Project and appurtenant works are shown on the Drawings, hereby made a part of these Contract Documents, as listed on the Drawings, entitled "GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal" dated prior to the date of opening bids. Drawing changes made subsequent to the date of opening bids shall only be issued under a Change Order, as provided in Article 10 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and other Bonds The following paragraph D shall be added to Article 5.01 of the General Conditions: D The Performance Bond shall be extended to cover the one-year correction and repair period for correction or removal and replacement of defective work as provided under Article 13.07 of the General Conditions. Said Performance Bond shall be maintained at not less than 15 percent of the Contract Price during said one-year extension. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others: Add the following paragraph H to Article 6.06 of the General Conditions: H In addition to other provisions of Article 6.06 of the General Conditions, the Contractor shall perform not less than 20 percent of the Work included in the original Contract Price with its own forces (i.e., without subcontracting), except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the original total Contract Price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the Contractor with its own forces. When items of work in the Bid Schedule are preceded by the letter "S," such items are designated as "specialty Items." Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of the work subcontracted will be based upon the contract item bid price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of the work GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAG for MTBE Removal CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT :tioszsa�aa-osz o-�ooa t o�ss���5 ��i a Supp Gen cond.docx SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT PAGE 1 subcontracted will be the estimated percentage of the contract item bid price , determined from the information submitted by the Contractor, subject to approval of the Engineer. The 20 percent requirement shall be understood to refer to the Work, the value of which totals not less than the full Contract Price contract price. 6.08 Permits: Add the following paragraphs B, C, and D to Article 8.08 of the General Conditions: B Business License and Permits: All permits issued by the Owner shall be obtained by the Contractor, but will be paid by the Owner; provided, that prior to beginning the Work hereunder, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for a City of San Juan Capistrano business license. Except as otherwise provided herein, all permits issued by other agencies and authorities having jurisdiction shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. C Building Permits: The Contractor shall obtain all licenses and shall assist in obtaining permits required to perform the Work of this project. The general Building Permit and Plan Check Fee will be paid for by the Owner. Other permit fees, including encroachment fees and electrical, mechanical, and plumbing permit fees will be paid directly by the Owner. No separate payment therefor will be allowed under the Contract for any of the permits or fees under this Article. D Utility Fees: Utility connection fees, lateral fees, utility structure changes and tariffs, inspection fees, and similar utility -related fees will be paid for directly by the City. Annexation fees, flood control fees, pollution district fees, and similar fees will also be paid by the Owner. No separate payment therefor will be allowed under the Contract for any of the fees under this Article. ARTICLE 11 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION; CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.04 Cost of Work (Based on Time, Materials, and Equipment and Contractor's Overhead and Profit). Add the following wording to the end of Article 11.04, paragraph D of the General Conditions: Whenever under the terms of this Contract the Contractor is entitled to additional payment for the use of rental equipment, the Contractor will be paid for the use of the Equipment at the rental rate listed for such equipment specified in the current edition of the following reference publication: "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" as published by the State of California, Department of Transportation, Sacramento, CA. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.03 Tests and Inspections: GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT RW92901134-09290-100031GocstiSpecsSFinaIQ35uppGenCond.ddcx SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT PAGE 2 Add the following paragraph G to Article 13.03 of the General Conditions: G All Special Inspections required under the provisions of the Building Code will be provided and paid for by the Owner. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.02 Progress Payments: Subparagraph 14.02A.3 of the General Conditions shall be changed to read as follows: The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments shall be as follows: the Owner may retain a portion of the amount of each progress payment otherwise due to the Contractor, as follows: The Owner will retain 10 percent of each approved progress payment until the Work is 50 percent complete; then, the Owner may at its option suspend further retainage until the final progress payment. The Owner reserves the right to reinstate up to 10 percent retainage of the total of the Work done if the Owner determines, at its discretion, that the. Contractor is not performing the Work satisfactorily, or there is other specific cause for such retainage. Add the following paragraph E to Article 14.02 as follows: E For all long lead purchases of specially fabricated materials or equipment that has been delivered to the site and safely and securely stored in accordance with the requirements of Section entitled, "Materials and Equipment," the Owner will pay 50 percent of the Supplier's invoice price to the Contractor; provided, that no payment will be made for any materials, equipment, or components thereof, whose value is less than $5000 dollars. * END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT P:�o9290�1sa-¢9zso-10003%Docs�Specs�Fnai%23Supp Gen Cond.do= SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT PAGE 3 CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO PART III - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal TECHNICAL_ SPECIFICATIONS P:1g929gi134-g929q-1ggq3VClacs,Specsl inaii24-Part I - Tech Specs.docx SECTION 02646 - PVC PRESSURE PIPE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install 8 inch to 1.6 -inch polyvinyl chloride (PVC) C900 and C905, pressure pipeline, complete in place, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15000 Piping, General. B. Commercial Standards: 1.. ANSI/.AWWA C104/A21.5 2, ANSI/AWWA CI 10/A21.I0 3. ANSI/AWWA CI l I/A21.11 5. ANSI/AWWA C900 6. ASTM D2584 7. PPI Technical Report TR 314 8. AWWA Manual M23 1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings 3 in. Through 48 in for Water and Other Liquids Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Appurtenances Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 4 in Through 12 in for Water Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins Policies and Procedures for Developing Recommended Hydrostatic Design Stresses for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials PVC Pipe - Design and Installation A. Shop Drawings: The CONTRACTOR shall submit shop drawings of pipe, fittings, and appurtenances. B. Certifications: The CONTRACTOR shall verify compliance for all pipe and other products or materials famished under this Section of the Specifications, as specified in the referenced standards and the following supplemental. requirements: 1. Hydrostatic proof test reports. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal PVC PRESSURE PIPE P:\092901134-09290-10003\DocslSperslFicial\25 02646 PVC Pressure Pipe.doc 02646-1 2. Sustained pressure test reports. Burst strength test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection: All pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture in accordance with the provisions of the referenced standards as supplemented by the requirements herein. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing of the manufacturing starting date not less than 14 calendar days prior to the start of any phase of the pipe manufacture. B. During the manufacture of the pipe, the ENGINEER shall be given access to all areas where manufacturing is in process and shall be permitted to make all inspections necessary to confirm compliance with the Specifications. C. Tests: Except as modified herein, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of this Section of the Specifications, as specified in the referenced standards, as applicable. D. The CONTRACTOR shall perform said material tests in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The ENGINEER shall have the right to witness all testing conducted by the CONTRACTOR.; provided, that the CONTRACTOR'S schedule is not delayed for the convenience of the ENGINEER. E. In addition to those tests specifically required, the ENGINEER may request additional samples of any material for testing by the OWNER. The additional samples shall be furnished at no additional cost to the OWNER. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL PVC pressure pipe shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C900 and subject to additional requirements specified herein. 2.2 PIPE DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: PVC pressure pipe shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of Appendix A of ANSI/AWWA C900, as applicable, and the supplemental requirements specified in this Section. B. Pipe Wall Thickness for Internal Pressure: The pipe shall be designed with a minimum thickness (t) or dimension ratio (DR) in accordance with paragraph A.3 of the above referenced Appendix A. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal PVC PRESSURE PIPE P:1,0929&1 34-09290-1000ME)ocslSpecsTinah25 0284E PVC Pressure Pipe.doc 02646-2 C. Determination of External Loads: In lieu of the equations specified in paragraph A.4 of the above referenced Appendix A, the dead (earth) loads shall be computed using the following 2 equations for trench or embankment conditions as applicable: Trench Condition: Wd = CdwBd2 Where: Wd = Earth load in pounds per linear foot Cd = Calculation coefficient Ku' 0.13 w = 120 lb/ft' Bd — Trench width at top of pipe, feet 2. Positive Projecting Embankment Condition: W, = CcwB„2 Where: W, — Earth load in pounds per linear foot Ce — Calculation coefficient (based on rsdP of 0.75) Ku = 0.19 w 120 lb/fe Be Outside diameter of pipe, feet D. Similarly, in lieu of the method specified in paragraph. AA, the truck live loads shall be determined using the method recommended by AASHTO in "Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges.” For depths of cover less than 10 feet HS -20 live loads shall be added to the earth loads to determine the total load. For depths of cover 3 feet or less, HS -20 live load plus impact shall be included. E. Deflection Control: With reference to paragraph A.5, the deflection of the pipe after installation shall not exceed 0.03 times the outside diameter. If the calculated deflection. exceeds 0.03 times the outside diameter the pipe class shall be increased or the quality of the pipe zone backfill shall be improved to achieve a higher modulus of soil reaction, E', For purposes of calculation, values of E' shall be 1100 psi at 90 percent Standard Proctor; 1500 psi at 95 percent Standard Proctor; and 2500 psi at 100 percent Standard Proctor. Similarly, the deflection lag factor shall be 1.5. 2.3 PIPE A. The pipe shall be of the diameter and pressure class specified or shown, shall be furnished complete with rubber gaskets, and al l specials and fittings shall be provided as required in the Contract Documents. The dimensions and pressure classes for Dimension Ratios for large PVC pressure pipe with Cast .iron Pipe Equivalent O.D.'s shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C900. B. Additives and Fillers: Unless otherwise provided in alternate qualification procedures of PPI- TR3, compounds which have a Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) of 4000 psi at 73.4 degrees F for water shall not contain additives and fillers that exceed the recommended values in Table 1, Part Y of PPI-TR3 (e.g., allowable content range for calcium carbonate is 0.0-5.0 parts per hundred of resin). if requested by the ENGINEER, the additive and filler content shall be determined using the pyrolysis method as specified in ASTM D 2584. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal PVC PRESSURE PIPE PA092905134-09290-100031DocslSpecs\Firal125 02646 PVC Pressure Pipe.doc 02846-3 C. Joints: All joints for the buried PVC pipe shall be either an integral bell manufactured on the pipe or a separate coupling both employing a rubber ring joint. The bell and coupling shall be the same thickness as of the pipe barrel, or greater thickness. The sealing ring groove in the coupling shall be of the same design as the groove in cast iron fittings and valves available from local water works supply distributors. Where shown, restrained joint pipe shall be ductile iron pipe. No restrained joint PVC pipe will be allowed. D. Joint Deflection: Deflection at the joint shall not exceed 1.5 degrees or the maximum deflection recommended by the manufacturer. No deflection ofthe joint shall be allowed for joints which are over belled or not belled to the stop mark. 2.4 FITTINGS A. Fittings shall be full-body ductile iron and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110, Min Class 150. PVC pipe fittings shall be mechanical joint. B. All fittings shall be lined and coated in accordance with the requirements of Section 09800, ":Protective Coating." C. Each fitting shall be clearly labeled to identify its size and pressure class. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. GENERAL A. All laying, jointing, testing for defects and for leakage shall be performed in the presence of the ENGINEER, and shall be subject to his approval before acceptance. All material found during the progress to have defects will be rejected and the CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove such defective materials from the site of the work. B. Installation shall conform to the requirements of AW WA M23, instructions furnished by the pipe manufacturer, and to the supplementary requirements or modifications specified herein. Wherever the provisions of this Section and the aforementioned requirements are in conflict, the more stringent provision shall apply. 3.2 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Handling: Pipe, fittings and accessories shall be carefully inspected before and after installation and those found defective shall be rejected. Pipe and fittings shall be free from fins and burrs. Before being placed in position, pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be cleaned, and shall be maintained in a clean condition. Proper facilities shall be provided for lowering sections of pipe into trenches. Under no circumstances shall pipe, fittings or any other material be dropped or dumped into trenches. B. Storage: Pipe should be stored, if possible, at the job site in unit packages provided by the manufacturer. Caution should be exercised to avoid compression damage or deformation to bell ends of the pipe. Pipe should be stored in such a way as to prevent sagging or bending and protected from exposure to direct sunlight by covering with an opaque material while permitting adequate air circulation above and around the pipe. Gaskets should be stored in a cool, dark place out of the direct rays of the ran, preferably in original cartons. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal PVC PRESSURE PIPE PA092901184-092913-100035 =a Spees\Rna1125 €32646 PVC Pressure Pipe.doa 02646-4 3.3 TRENCHING AND BACKFILL Trench excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements specified on the Drawings. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Bell and spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell end pointing in the direction of laying. Pipe shall be graded in straight lines, taking care to avoid the formation of any dips or low points. Pipe shall not be laid when the conditions of trench or weather are unsuitable. At the end of each day's work, open ends of pipe shall be closed temporarily with wood blocks or bulkheads. B. Pipe shall be supported at its proper elevation and grade, care being taken to secure firm and uniform support. Wood support blocking will not be permitted. The full length of each section. of pipe and fittings shall rest solidly on the pipe bed, with recessed excavation to accommodate bells, joints and couplings. Anchors and supports shall be provided where necessary and where indicated on the drawings for fastening work into place, Fittings shall be independently supported. C. Short lengths of pipe shall be used in and out of each rigid joint or rigid structure. Piping that does not allow sufficient space for proper installation of j ointing material shall be replaced by one of proper dimensions. Blocking or wedging between bells and spigots will not be permitted. D. Joints shall be installed according to manufacturer's recommendations. Trenches shall be kept free of water until joints have been properly made. The maximum combined deflection at any coupling shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF COPPER WIRE Polyvinyl chloride pipelines shall be provided with No. 10 A. W.G. bare copper wire laid along the top of the pipe and held in place with ties or hitches of the same kind of wire spaced not more than 13 feet apart, or metallic locating tape laid along the centerline of the pipe trench. at a depth of 18 inches below finish grade. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish manufacturer's literature, completely describing the tape proposed to be furnished. No tape shall be used prior to receipt of written approval of the .ENG INEER. 3.6 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WATERLINES The CONTRACTOR. shall locate all underground improvements and install the pipelines to the depths shown on the drawings. Where the new work is to be connected to existing pipelines, the CONTRACTOR shall make its arrangements with the serving utility well in advance of the connections, to allow adequate time for dewatering of the existing line, if necessary, and shall expedite the work to minimize water outages to the users. Where sections of existing distribution mains are taken permanently out of service and abandoned in place, the cut ends shall be plugged solid with concrete to a depth of not less than one pipe diameter. END OF SECTION GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal PVC PRESSURE PIPE R%0 929011 34-0 929 3-100031DmslSpec*%Firai125 02646 PVC Pressure Pipe.doc 02646-55 SECTION 02650 - STEEL PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install mortar -lined and mortar -coated steel pipeline, complete in place, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15€100 Piping, General B. Commercial Standards: ANSFASTM A 139 Specification for Electric -Fusion (Are) -Welded Steel Pipe {Sizes 4 in and Over). ANSI/ASTM E 165 Methods for Liquid Penetrant Inspection. ANSI/AWWA 0200 Steel Water Pipe 61n and Larger. ANSIIAWWA C205 Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe - 4 in and Larger- Shop Applied ANSIIAWWA C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. ANSIIAWWA 0208 Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. ANSIIAWWA C602 Cement -Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines 4 In (100 mm) and Larger In Place. ASTM A 36 Specification. for Structural Steel. ASTM A 283 Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars. ASTM A 570 Specification for Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality. ASTM A 572 Specification for High Strength. Low Alloy Columbium Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality. ASTM C 150 Specification for Portland Cement. AWWA M-11 Steel Water Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE P:109290%134-09290-100031Docs\SpecsSFinal125 02650 Steel Pipe.doc 02650-1 1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: The CONTRACTOR shall submit shop drawings of pipe and fittings in accordance with the following supplemental requirements as applicable: Joint and pipe/fatting wall construction details which indicate the type and thickness of cylinder; the position, type, size, and area of reinforcement; manufacturing tolerances; and all other pertinent information required for the manufacture of the product. 2. pittings and specials details such as elbows, wyes, tees, outlets, connections, test bulkheads, and nozzles or other specials where shown which indicate amount and position of all reinforcement. All fittings and specials shall be properly reinforced to withstand the internal pressure, both circumferential and longitudinal, and the external loading conditions as indicated in the Contract Documents. Design calculations of each critical section of pipe wall, girth joints, and specials all sufficient to ascertain. conformance of pipe and fittings with the Specifications. 4. Material lists and steel reinforcement schedules which include and describe all materials to be utilized. 5. Line layout and marking diagrams which indicate the specific number of each pipe and fitting and the location of each pipe and the direction of each fitting in the completed line. In addition, the line layouts shall include: the pipe station and invert elevation at all changes in grade or horizontal alignment; the station and invert elevation to which the bell end of each pipe will be laid; all elements of curves and bends, both in horizontal and vertical alignment; and the limits of each reach of restrained and/or welded joints, or of concrete encasement. 6. Full and complete information regarding location, type, size, and extent of all welds shall be shown on the shop drawings. The shop drawings shall. distinguish between shop and field welds. Shop drawings shall indicate by welding symbols or sketches the details of the welded joints, and the preparation of parent metal required to make them. Joints or groups of joints in which welding sequence or technique are especially important shall be carefully controlled to minimize shrinkage stresses and distortion. B. Certifications: The CONTRACTOR shall verify compliance for all pipe and other products or materials furnished under this Section of the Specifications, as specified in ANSI/AWWA C200 and C205, respectively, and the following supplemental requirements: 1. Physical and chemical properties of all steel. 2. Hydrostatic test reports. 3. Results of production weld tests. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection: All pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture in accordance with the provisions of ANSI/AWWA. C200 and C205, respectively, as supplemented by the requirements herein. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing of the GW Treatment Plant Modifications -- GAG for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE P;10929Q1434-09290-100031i]ocsl5pecslPinaIL25 02650 Steel Pipe.doe 02650-2 manufacturing starting date not less than 14 calendar days prior to the start of any phase of the pipe manufacture. E. Tests: Except as modified herein, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSIIAWWA C200 and 0205, as applicable. After the joint configuration is completed and prior to lining with cement -mortar, each length of pipe of each diameter and pressure class shall be shop -tested and certified to a pressure of at least 80 percent of the yield strength of the pipe steel. 2. In addition to the tests required in ANSI/AWWA C200, weld tests shall be conducted on each 5,000 feet of production welds and at any other times there is a change in the grade of steel, welding procedure, or welding equipment, C. The CONTRACTOR shall perform said material tests when requested by the ENGINEER, The ENGINEER shall have the right to witness all testing conducted by the CONTRACTOR; provided that the CONTRACTOR'S schedule is not delayed for the convenience of the ENGINEER.. D. In addition to those tests specifically required, the ENGINEER may request additional samples of any material including mixed concrete and lining and coating samples for testing. by the OWNER.. E. Welding :Requirements: All welding procedures used to fabricate pipe shall be prequalified under the provisions ofANSIIAWS D1.1. Welding procedures shall be required for, but not necessarily limited to, longitudinal and girth or spiral welds for pipe cylinders, spigot and bell ring attachments, reinforcing plates and ring flange welds, and plates for lug connections. F. Welder Qualifications: All welding shall be done by skilled welders, welding operators, and tackers who have had adequate experience in the methods and materials to be used. Welders shall be qualified under the provisions ofANSIIAWS D1.1 by an independent local, approved testing agency not more than 6 months prior to commencing work on the pipeline. Machines and electrodes similar to those used in the WORK shall be used in qualification tests. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all material and bear the expense of qualifying welders. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Mortar lined and mortar -coated steel pipe shall conform to ANSIIAWWA 0200 and C205, subject to the following supplemental requirements. The pipe shall be of the diameter and class shown, shall be furnished complete with rubber gaskets or welded joints, as indicated in the Contract Documents, and all specials and bends shall be provided as required under the Contract Documents. Pipe may be furnished in standard outside diameters. B. Markings: The CONTRACTOR shall legibly mark all pipes and specials in accordance with the laying schedule and marking diagram. Each pipe shall be numbered in sequence and said number shall appear on the laying schedule and marking diagram in its proper location for installation. All special pipe sections and fittings shall be marked at each end with top field centerline. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE PA092901134-09290-100031[3ocslSpecslFinal12502650 Steel Pipe.doc 02650-3 C. Handling and Storage: The pipe shall be handled by use of wide slings, padded cradles, or other devices, acceptable to the ENGINEER, designed and constructed to prevent damage to the pipe coating/exterior. The use of chains, hooks, or other equipment which might injure the pipe coating/exterior will not be permitted. Stockpiled pipe shall be suitably supported and shall be secured to prevent accidental rolling. All other pipe handling equipment and methods shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER. D. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully liable for the cost of replacement or repair of pipe which is damaged. E. ,Stockpiled pipe shall be supported on sand or earth berms free of rock exceeding 3 inches in diameter. The pipe shall not be rolled and shall be secured to prevent accidental rolling. F. Strutting: Adequate strutting shall be provided on all specials, fittings, and straight pipe so as to avoid damage to the pipe and fittings during handling, storage, hauling, and installation, For mortar -lined or mortar -coated steel pipe, the following requirements shall apply: 1. The strutting shall be placed as soon as practicable after the mortar lining has been applied and shall remain in place while the pipe is loaded, transported, unloaded, installed and backfilled at the jobsite. The strutting materials, size and spacing shall be adequate to support the earth backfill plus any greater loads which may be imposed by the backfilling and compaction equipment. 3. Any pipe damaged during handling, hauling, storage, or installation due to improper strutting shall be repaired or replaced. 4. The details of the strutting assembly shall be submitted for review by the ENGINEER prior to the start of pipe manufacture. G. Laying Lengths: Maximum pipe laying lengths shall be 40 ft with shorter lengths provided as required by the Drawings. H. Offset Tolerances: For pipe wall thicknesses of 3/8 inch or less, the maximum radial offset (misalignment) for submerged are and gas metal arc welded pipe shall be 0.1875 times the pipe wall thickness or 1116 inch, whichever is larger. For pipe wall thickness of greater than 3/8 inch, the maximum radial offset shall be 0.1875 times the wall thickness or 5132 inch, whichever is smaller. [. Lining: The pipe lining shall have smooth dense interior surfaces and shall be free from fractures, excessive interior surface crazing and roughness. Bonding and Electrical Conductivity: All unwelded pipe joints shall be bonded for electrical conductivity in accordance with the details shown. K. Closures and Correction Pieces: Closures and correction pieces shall be provided as required so that closures may be made due to different headings in the pipe laying operation and so that correction may be made to adjust the pipe laying to conform to pipe stationing shown on the Drawings. The locations of correction pieces and closure assemblies are shown on the GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE PA092901934-09290-900031DocslSpecsSFiraR25 02650 Steel Rpe.doc 02650-4 2.2 Drawings. Any change in location or number of said items shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER. PIKE DESIGN CRITERIA A. Cylinder Thickness for Internal Pressure: For resistance to internal pressure, the thickness of the steel cylinder shall not be less than the greater of that determined by the following 2 formulas: T = R'"D/2l2� Y/SW T = ZD(2� Y/St Where: T — Steel Cylinder thickness in inches D = Outside diameter of steel cylinder in inches PW — Design working pressure in psi P, = Design transient pressure in psi Y = Specified minimum yield point of steel in psi SW — Safety factor of 2.0 at design working pressure St = Safety factor of 1.5 at design transient pressure B. Unless otherwise specified, P", shall be assumed to equal the pipe class and Pt shall be assumed to equal 1.33 Pu,. In no case shall the design stress (Y/5,,) exceed 16,500 psi at design working pressure, Pte,, nor shall the design stress (Y/S.) exceed 22,000 psi at design transient pressure, Pt, nor shall the steel shell thickness be less than [No. 10 gage (0.135 in.) or the nominal pipe diameter divided by 240, whichever is greater, as shown in the following table: Nominal Pipe Minimum Cylinder Diameter in Thickness (in) 6 0.1875 8 0.1875 12 0.1875 14 0.1875 Nominal Pipe Minimum Cylinder Diameter (in) Thickness (in) 16 0.1875 18 0.1875 20 0.1875 24 0.1875 C. Cylinder Thickness for External Load: Upon determination of cylinder thickness, for internal pressure, deflection of the pipe shall be checked by the following formula: DKWr3 Deflx ,I + 0.0614 E'r3 GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE P 092905'{ 34-U9290.100031DocsiSpeeslFinal125 02650 Steel Pipe.doc 02650-5 Where: Defl,, = Vertical deflection of pipe in inches, not to exceed 0.0 15 times the nominal diameter. D = Deflection. lag factor 1.25 K — Bedding constant 0.1 (1) W — Vertical load on pipe, lb/in r — Mean radius of pipe shell, inches (2) El — Pipe wall stiffness, lb in E' — Modulus of soil reaction, lb/inz [ 1100 for 90 percent Standard Proctor; 1500 for 95 percent Standard Proctor; 2500 for 100 percent Standard Proctor, i.e., cement, crushed rock] D. Trench. Condition: Wd = CdwBd2 Where: Wd = Earth Load in pounds per linear foot Cd Calculation Coefficient Ku' — 0.13 w _ 120 lb/ft' Bd — Trench width at top of pipe, feet E. Positive Projecting Embankment Condition: WG = CcwBc2 Where: W, — Earth Load in pounds per linear foot C, = Calculation Coefficient (based on rsdP of 0.25) Ku = 0.19 w — 120 lb/ft' B, — Outside diameter of pipe, feet Note (2): Based on the sum of the pipe wall stiffhesses, EI, mortar coating, and steel cylinder assuming that it acts as a three part laminar ring which considers no bond between the steel cylinder and the applied lining and coating. The term "pipe wall stiffness" as used herein is defined as El, where "E" is the modulus of elasticity (E=30,000,000 psi for steel and E=4,000,000 psi for mortar) and "I" is the transverse moment of inertia per unit length of pipe wall, the factors in the foregoing expression to be dimensionally compatible. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE P:1092901134-09290.10003ll7ocsiSpecs\Final125 02650 Steel Pipe.doc 02650-6 F. If the calculated deflection, Deft,,, exceeds 0.015 times the nominal diameter, the composite pipe section shall be thickened or the quality of pipe zone backfill shall be improved to achieve a higher soil modulus (e.g., lean concrete, soil/sand cement, crushed rock). G. Welding of Joint Rings to Resist Thrust: Where steel pipe with field -welded separate formed joint rings are used for thrust restraint, the joint rings shall be welded to the cylinder with double fillet welds. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Cement: Cement for mortar shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C205; provided, that cement for mortar coating shall be Type V, and mortar lining shall be Type 11. or V. A fly ash or pozzolan shall not be used as a cement replacement. B. Steel for Cylinders and Fittings: Pipe manufactured under ANSI/AWWA C200 shall be fabricated from sheet conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 570, Grades 30, 33, 36 or 40, or from plate conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 36, A 283, Grades C or D, or A 572, Grade 42, or coil conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 139, Grades B or C. All longitudinal and girth seams, whether straight or spiral, shall be butt welded using an approved electric -fusion -weld process. C. All steel used for the fabrication of pipe shall have a maximum carbon content of 0.25 percent and shall have a minimum elongation of 22 percent in a 2 -inch gage length. 2.4 SPECIALS AND FITTINGS Unless otherwise required under the requirements of the Contract Documents, all specials and fittings shall conform to the dimensions of ANSI/AWWA C208. 2.5 DESIGN OF PIPE A. General: The pipe furnished shall be steel pipe, mortar -lined and mortar -coated, with rubber Basketed or field welded joints as shown. The pipe shall consist of a steel cylinder, either shop -lined or lined -in-place with Portland cement -mortar with an exterior coating of cement - mortar. B. The pipe shall be designed, manufactured, tested, inspected, and marked according to applicable requirements previously stated and except as hereinafter modified, shall conform to ANSFAWWA C200. C. Pipe Dimensions: The pipe shall be of the diameter and class shown. The minimum steel cylinder thickness for each pipe size shall be as specified or shown. D. Fitting Dimensions: The fittings shall be of the diameter and class shown. E. Joint Design: The standard field joint for steel pipe shall be either a single -welded lap joint or a rubber-gasketed joint for all pipe sizes up to and including 54 -inch diameter and shall be a single welded lap joint for pipe sizes above 54 -inch diameter. Mechanically coupled, or flanged joints shall be required where shown. .Butt -strap joints shall be used only where required for closures or where shown. The joints furnished shall have the same or higher pressure rating as the abutting pipe. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAG for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE R\09290\1 34-09290-I00031t3ocs5SpecslFinai\25 02650 Steel Pipe doc 02650-7 F. Lap joints prepared for field welding shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA 0200. The method used to form, shape and size bell ends shall be such that the physical properties of the steel are not substantially altered. Unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER, bell ends shall be formed by an expanding press or by being moved axially over a die in such a manner as to stretch the steel plate beyond its elastic limit to form a truly round bell of suitable diameter and shape. Faying surfaces of the bell and spigot shall be essentially parallel, but in no case shall the bell slope vary more than 2 degrees from the longitudinal axis of the pipe. G. For bell and spigot ends with rubber gaskets, the clearance between the bells and spigots shall be such that when combined with the gasket groove configuration and the gasket itself, will provide watertight joints under all operating conditions when properly installed. The CONTRACTOR shall require the pipe manufacturer to submit details complete with significant dimensions and tolerances and also to submit performance data indicating that the proposed joint has performed satisfactorily under similar conditions. In the absence of a history of field performance, the results of a test program shall be submitted. Unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER, bell ends shall be formed by an expanding press or by being moved axially over a die in such a manner as to stretch the steel plate beyond its elastic limit to form a truly round bell of suitable diameter and shape. No process will be permitted in which the bell is formed by rolling. Further, unless other approved by the ENGINEER, spigot ends with rolled gasket grooves shall be formed using dies conforming to the minimum radii specified. in Appendix X1 of ASTM A570 and the actual yield strength of the steel used in the spigot rolling operation (i.e., yield strength values in mill certifications and subsequent destructive test results) shall be limited to 42,000 psi. H. Shop -applied interior linings and exterior coatings shall be held back from the ends of the pipe as shown or as otherwise acceptable to the ENGINEER. 1. Restrained Joints: Where shown restrained joints shall be field -welded joints. Designs shall include considerations of stresses induced in the steel cylinder, the joint rings, and any field welds caused by thrust at bulkheads, beads, reducers, and line valves resulting from the design working pressure. For field welded joints, design stresses shall not exceed 50 percent of the specified minimum yield strength of the grade of steel utilized, or 16,500 psi, whichever is less, for the part being examined when longitudinal thrust is assumed to be uniformly distributed around the circumference of the joint. At the CONTRACTOR.'s option., the steel cylinder area may be progressively reduced from the point of maximum thrust to the end of the restrained length. All joints to be field welded for thrust restraint shall have the joint rings attached to the cylinder with double fillet welds. 2.6 CEMENT -MORTAR LINING A. Cement -Mortar .Lining for Shop Application.: Except as otherwise provided herein, interior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings, and specials shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with cement mortar lining applied centrifugally in conformity with ANSI/AW WA C205. During the lining operation and thereafter, the pipe shall be maintained in a round condition by suitable bracing or strutting. The lining machines shall be of a type that has been used successfully for similar work and shall be approved by the ENGINEER. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the lining. If lining is damaged or found faulty at delivery site, the damaged or unsatisfactory portions shall be repaired or replaced with lining conforming to these Specifications. GW Treatment Plant Modifications -- GAC for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE P:1092901134-09296-100031pocslSpecs%FiraH26 02650 Steel Pipe.doc 02650-8 B, The minimum lining thickness shall be as follows, with a tolerance of plus or minus 25 percent: Nominal Pipe Lining Thickness Diameter (in) (in) 4-12 5/16 13— 16 318 17-24 1 /2 > 24 3/4 C. The pipe shall be left bare where Feld joints occur as shown. Ends of the linings shall be left square and uniform. Feathered or uneven edges will not be permitted. D. Defective linings, as determined by the ENGINEER, shall be removed from the pipe wall and shall be replaced to the full thickness required. Defective linings shall be cut back to a square shoulder in order to avoid feather edged joints. E. The progress of the application of mortar lining shall be regulated in order that all hand work, including the repair of defective areas is cured in accordance with the provisions of ANSI/AWWA C205. Cement -mortar for patching shall be the same materials as the mortar for machine lining, except that a finer grading of sand and mortar richer in cement shall be used when field inspection indicates that such mix will improve the finished lining of the pipe. F. Protection of Pipe Lining/Interior: For all pipe and fittings with plant applied or cement - mortar linings, the CONTRACTOR shall provide a polyethylene or other suitable bulkhead on the ends of the pipe and on all special openings to prevent drying out of the lining. All bulkheads shall be substantial enough to remain intact during shipping and storage until the pipe is installed. 2.7 EXTERIOR COATING OF PIPE A. Exterior Coating of Exposed Piping: -rhe exterior surfaces of pipe which will be exposed to the atmosphere inside structures or above ground shall be thoroughly cleaned and then given a shop coat of rust inhibitive primer. B. Exterior Coating of Buried Piping: All pipe for buried service, including bumped heads, shall be coated with a 1 inch minimum thickness of reinforced cement mortar coating. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, exterior surfaces of pipe or fittings passing through structure walls shall be cement -mortar coated from the center of the wall or from the wall flange to the end of the underground portion of pipe or fitting. The coating shall be reinforced with a spiral wire reinforcement or welded wire fabric in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C205. The welded wire fabric shall be securely fastened to the pipe with welded clips or strips of steel. The wire spaced 2 inches on centers shall extend circumferentially around the pipe. The ends of reinforcement strips shall be lapped 4 inches and the free ends tied or looped to assure continuity of the reinforcement. 2.8 PIPE APPURTENANCES Pipe appurtenances shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 15000, "Piping, General." GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAG for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE R%0929W34-09290-10003,Docs45pecslFirnali2502850 Steei Pipe.doc 02650-9 PAST 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPE A. Handling and Storage: All pipe, Fittings, etc., shall be carefully handled and protected against damage to lining and coating/interior and exterior surfaces, impact shocks, and free tall. All pipe handling equipment shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER. Pipe shall not be placed directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner which will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at the trench site or elsewhere. Pipe shall be handled and stored at the trench site in accordance with the requirements stated in Part 2, herein. No pipe shall be installed when the lining or coating/interior or exterior surfaces show cracks that may be harmful as determined by the ENGINEER. Such damaged lining and coating/interior and exterior surfaces, shall be repaired, or a new undamaged pipe shall be furnished and installed. B. All pipe damaged prior to Substantial Completion shall be repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR. C. The CONTRACTOR, shall inspect each pipe and fitting to insure that there are no damaged portions of the pipe. The CON"CRACTOR shall remove or smooth out any burrs, gouges, weld splatter or other small defects prior to laying the pipe. D. Before placement of pipe in the trench, each pipe or fitting shall be thoroughly cleaned of any foreign substance, which may have collected thereon and shall be kept clean at all times thereafter. For this purpose, the openings of all pipes and fittings in the trench shall be closed during any interruption to the WORK. E. Pipe Laying: When the pipe is being laid, it shall be turned and placed where possible, so that any slightly damaged portion will be on top. The damaged area shall be repaired for the protection of any exposed steel. All damaged areas shall be repaired using materials and methods acceptable to the ENGINEER. F. Pipe shall be laid directly on the bedding material. No blocking will be permitted, and the bedding shall be such that it forms a continuous, solid bearing for the full length of the pipe. Excavations shall be made as needed to facilitate removal of handling devices after the pipe is laid. Bell holes shall be formed at the ends of the pipe to prevent point loading at the bells or couplings. Excavation shall be made as needed outside the normal trench section at field joints to permit adequate access to the joints for field connection operations and for application of coating on field joints. G. Each section of pipe shall be laid in the order and position shown on the laying schedule. In laying pipe, it shall be laid to the setline and grade, within approximately 1 inch. plus or minus. On grades of zero slope, the intent is to lay to grade. H. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the ENGINEER may change the alignment and/or the grades. Such change shall be made by the deflection of j oints, by the use of bevel adapters, or by the use of additional fittings. However, in no case shall the deflection in the joint exceed the maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer. No joint shall be misfit any amount which will be detrimental to the strength and water tightness of the finished joint. In all cases the joint opening, before GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE PA092901134-09290-100031DocstSpecsSFinall25 02650 Steel P''€pe.doc 02650-10 finishing with the protective mortar inside the pipe, [or prior to applying in place mortar lining,] shall be the controlling factor. 1. Except for short runs which may be permitted by the ENGINEER, pipes shall be laid uphill on grades exceeding 10 percent. Pipe which is laid on a downhill grade shall be blocked and held in place until sufficient support is furnished by the following pipe to prevent movement. All bends shall be properly installed as shown. Pipe struts shall be left in place until backfilling operations have been completed for pipe 42 inches in diameter and larger. Struts in pipe smaller than 42 inches may be removed immediately after laying, provided, that the deflection of the pipe during and after backfilling does not exceed that specified. After the backfill has been placed, the struts shall be removed and shall remain the property of the CONTRACTOR. K. Cold Weather Protection: No pipe shall be installed upon. a foundation into which frost has penetrated or at any time that there is a danger of the formation of ice or penetration of frost at the bottom of the excavation. No pipe shall be laid unless it can be established that the trench will be backfilled before the formation of ice and frost occurs. L. Pipe and Specials Protection: The openings of all pipe and specials where the pipe and specials have been cement -mortar lined in the shop shall be protected with suitable bulkheads to maintain a moist atmosphere and to prevent unauthorized access by persons, animals, water or any undesirable substance. The bulkheads shall be so designed to prevent drying out of the interior of the pipe. The CONTRACTOR shall introduce water into the pipe to keep the mortar moist where moisture has been lost due to damaged bulkheads. At all times, means shall be provided to prevent the pipe from floating. M. Pipe Cleanup: As pipe laying progresses, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the pipe interior free of all debris. The CONTRACTOR shall completely clean the interior of the pipe of all sand, dirt, mortar splatter and any other debris following completion of pipe laying, pointing of joints and any necessary interior repairs prior to testing and disinfecting the completed pipeline. 3.2 RUBBER GASKETED JOINTS Rubber Gasketed Joints: Immediately before jointing pipe, the spigot end of the pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned, and a clean rubber gasket lubricated with an approved vegetable based lubricant shall be placed in the spigot groove. The volume of the gasket shall be "equalized" by moving a metal rod between the gasket and the spigot ring around the full circumference of the spigot ring. The bell of the pipe already in place shall be carefully cleaned and lubricated with a vegetable-based lubricant. The spigot of the pipe section shall then be inserted into the bell of the previously laid joint and telescoped into its proper position. Tilting of the pipe to insert the spigot into the bell will not be permitted, After the pipe units have been joined, a feeler gage shall be inserted into the recess and moved around the periphery of the joint to detect any irregularity in the position of the rubber gasket. If the gasket cannot be "felt" all around, the joint shall be disassembled. If the gasket is undamaged, as determined by the .ENGINEER, it maybe reused, but only after the bell ring and gasket have been relubricated. 3.3 WELDED JOINTS A. General: Field welded joints shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C206. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE P 109290\134-fl9290-10003kDocs\SpecsfFinal125 €32650 5teei Pipe.doc 02650-11 B. Where exterior welds are performed, adequate space shall be provided for welding and inspection of the joints. C.During installation.of welded steel pipe in either straight alignment or on curves, the pipe shall be laid so that at any point around the circumference of the joint there is a minimum lap of 1/2 inch and a minimum space of 314 inch plus the thickness of the steel pipe wall between the spigot end of the pipe and the nearest tangent to a bell radius. D, Butt straps, where used or required, shall be a minimum of b inches wide, the same thickness as the pipe wall and shall provide for a minimum of 3/4 inch lap at each pipe joint. E. After the pipe and pipe joint are properly positioned in the trench, the length of pipe between joints shall be backfilled to at least one foot above the top of the pipe. Care shall be exercised during the initial backfilling to prevent movement of the pipe and to prevent any backfill material from being deposited on the joint. F. Prior to the beginning of the welding procedure, any tack welds used to position the pipe during laying shall be removed. Any annular space between the Paying surfaces of the bell and spigot shall be equally distributed around the circumference of the joint by shimming, jacking, or other suitable means. The weld shall then be made in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C206. Where more than one pass is required, each pass except the first and final one shall be peened to relieve shrinkage stresses; and all dirt, slag, and flux shall be removed before the succeeding bead is applied. G. Qualifications of :procedures and Welders: All welding procedures used to install pipe shall be prequalified under provisions of ANSI/AWS D 1.1. Welding procedures shall be required for field attachments and field welded joints. H. Joints: The pipe ends shall be cut straight on joints where butt straps are used for realignment, adjustment, or deflection, and fillet welds shall be made as shown on the Drawings. 1. Unless double Fillet welds are shown on the Drawings, field welded lap joints may, at the CONTRACTOR'S option, be made on either the inside or the outside of the pipe. 3.4 JOINT COATING AND LINING A. General: The interior and exterior joint recesses shall be thoroughly wiped clean and all water, loose scale, dirt and other foreign material shall be removed from the inside surface of the pipe. The cement for joint grout shall be icon -shrink grout as specified in Section 03315, "Grout." B. Joint Coating: After the pipe has been laid and after sufficient backfill has been placed between the joints to hold the pipe securely in place, the outside annular space between pipe sections shall be completely filled with non -shrink grout formed by the use of polyethylene foam -lined fabric bands. The grout shall be composed of I part cement to not more than 2 parts sand, thoroughly mixed with water to a consistency of thick cream. The grout space prior to filling shall be flushed with water so that the surface of the joint to be in contact with the grout will be thoroughly moistened when the grout is poured. The joint shall be filled with grout by pouring from one side only, and shall be rodded with a wire or other flexible rod or vibrated so that the grout completely fills the joint recess by moving down one side of the pipe, around the bottom of the pipe and up the opposite side. Pouring and rodding the GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal STEM_ PIPE R%092901934-09290-#D0031i3ocstSpecsVFina1125 02€50 Steel Pipe.doc 02650-12 grout shall be continued to allow completion of the filling of the entire joint recess in one operation. Care shall be taken to leave no unfilled space. Grouting of the outside joint spaces shall be kept as close behind the laying of the pipe as possible except that in no case shall grouting be closer than 3 joints of the pipe being laid. C. Grout Bands (Diapers): The grout bands or heavy-duty diapers shall be polyethylene foam - lined fabric with steel strapping of sufficient strength to hold the fresh mortar, resist rodding of the mortar and allow excess water to escape. The foam plastic shall be 100 percent closed cell, chemically inert, insoluble in water and resistant to acids alkalies and solvents, and shall be Dow Chemical Company, Ethafoam 222, or equal. D. The fabric backing shall be out and sewn into 9 -inch wide strips with slots for the steel strapping on the outer edges. The polyethylene foam shall be cut into strips 6 inches wide and slit to a thickness of 114 -inch which will expose a hollow or open cell surface on one side. The foam liner shall be attached to the fabric backing with the open or hollow cells facing towards the pipe. The foam strip shall cover the full interior circumference of the grout band with sufficient length to permit an 8 -inch overlap of the foam at or near the top of the pipe joint. Splices to provide continuity of the material will be permitted. The polyethylene foam material shall be protected from direct sunlight. E. The polyethylene foam -lined grout band shall be centered over the joint space with approximately equal widths extending over each pipe end and securely attached to the pipe with the steel straps. After falling the exterior joint space with non -shrink grout, the flaps shall be closed and overlapped in a manner that fully encloses the grout with polyethylene foam. The grout band shall remain in. position on the pipe joint. F. Joint Lining: After the backfill has been completed to final grade, the interior joint recess shall be filled with non -shrink grout of stiff consistency. The mortar shall be tightly packed into the joint recess and troweled flush with the interior surface and all excess shall be removed. At no point shall there be an indentation or projection of the mortar exceeding 1116 inch. With pipe smaller than 24 inches in diameter, before the spigot is inserted into the bell, the bell shall be daubed with non -shrink grout. The spigot end then shall be forced to the bottom of the bell and excess mortar on the inside of the joint shall be swabbed out. 3.5 INSTALLATION Or PIPE APPURTENANCES A. Protection of Appurtenances: Where the joining pipe is concrete or coated with cement mortar, buried appurtenances shall be coated with a minimum thickness of I inch of cement mortar having one part cement to not more than 2 parts plaster sand. following coating with cement mortar, the appurtenances shall be coated with coal -tar epoxy in accordance with the Paragraph in Part 2 entitled "Coal -Tar Epoxy Protective Coating." B. Installation of Valves: All valves shall be handled in a manner to prevent any injury or damage to any part of the valve. All joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and prepared prior to installation. The CONTRACTOR shall adjust all stem packing and operate each valve prior to installation to insure proper operation. C. All buried valves shall be coated and protected as specified. D. All valves shall be installed so that the valve stems are plumb and in the location shown. E. Installation of Flanged Joints: Before the joint is assembled, the flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign material with a power wire brush. The gasket shall be centered and the connecting flanges drawn up watertight without unnecessarily stressing the flanges. All bolts shall be tightened in a progressive diametrically opposite sequence and GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal STEEL PIPE P:ti092901134-09290-100031Docs%SpecslFinal525 02650 Steel PipeAoc 02650-18 torque with a suitable, approved and calibrated torque wrench. All clamping torque shall be applied to the nuts only. F. All buried flanges shall be coated and protected as specified. G. Insulated .points: :Insulated joints and appurtenant features shall be made by the CONTRACTOR, as shown on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR. shall exercise special care when installing these joints to prevent electrical conductivity across the joint. After the insulated joint is completed, an electrical resistance test will be performed by the OWNER. Should the resistance test indicate a snort circuit, the CONTRACTOR shall remove the insulating units to inspect for damages, replace all damaged portions, and reassemble the insulating joint. The insulated joint shall then be retested to assure proper insulation. H. Flexible Coupled Joints: When installing flexible couplings, care shall be taken that the connecting pipe ends, couplings and gaskets are clean and free of all dirt and foreign matter with special attention being given to the contact surfaces of the pipe, gaskets and couplings. The couplings shall be assembled and installed in conformity with the recommendation and instruction. of the coupling manufacturer. I. Wrenches used in bolting couplings shall be of a type and size recommended by the coupling manufacturer. Coupling bolts shall be tightened so as to secure a uniform annular space between the follower rings and the body of the pipe with all bolts tightened approximately the same amount. Diametrically opposite bolts shall be tightened progressively and evenly. final tightening shall be done with a suitable, approved and calibrated torque wrench set for the torque recommended by the coupling manufacturer. All clamping torque shall be applied to the nut only. J. tion completion of the coupled joint, the coupling and bare metal of the pipe shall be cleaned, primed and protected as specified. 3.5 CORROSION CONTROL Joint Bonding/Electrolysis Test Stations: Except where otherwise specified, all joints shall be bonded in accordance with the details shown. The pipe shall be cleaned to bare bright metal at the point where the bond is installed. In addition, electrolysis test stations shall be installed where shown. END OF SEC'T'ION GW Treatment plant Modifications -- GAC for MTBE Removal STEEL~ PIPE P:109290%134-09290-10003',Docsl$pecs5Final125 02650 Steel Pipe.doc 02550-14 SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK PART ] - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Formwork for cast -in-place- concrete including all associated shoring, bracing, and anchorage required to provide a complete job. B. Coordination and providing openings in concrete for other work. C. Provide all form accessories required to perform a complete job. D. Stripping of forms 1.2 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete C. ACI 347 - Guide to Formwork for Concrete D. PS I - Construction and Industrial Plywood 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for design, engineering and construction of formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension. B. Forming, shoring and bracing designs for footings, walls and roofs shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR to meet all requirements specified Dere-in. C. If requested by the ENGINEER, drawings and calculations shall be submitted verifying the selection of form ties, horizontal and vertical stiff -backs or braces for wall panels, forming and form openings, shoring of roof forms, or any other part of forming, shoring or bracing which may be considered critical by the ENGINEER. D. A civil or structural engineer hired by the Contractor, and registered in the same state in which the project is located must design all falsework and forming requirements for roof support systems. The drawings, with supporting calculations, must each be signed and sealed by the engineer. No work shall be started until the roof support and form design has been submitted to the CITY for records. The falsework design engineer must visit the site and approve the erection of all shoring prior to the placement of any concrete. E. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of the forming, shoring and bracing design. GW Treatment dant Modifications - GAC for MTBE Removal CONCRETE FORMWORK P:1092901134-09290-100031Docs\SpecslFinal125 03100 Conc Formwork.doc 03100-1 F. Any formwork installed by CONTRACTOR. shall be solely at CONTRACTOR's risk. The submittal of the design. will not lessen or diminish the CONTRACTOR's liability. 1.4 SUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW A. Product Data: Provide data on components to be used to demonstrate form materials and accessories meet these specifications. Submit product data for waterstops. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 347, 301, and 318. B. Formwork shall be designed under the direct supervision of a licensed Structural or Civil Engineer experienced in the design of this work and licensed in California. Lb DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Deliver void forms and installation instructions in manufacturer's packaging. B. Store off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 FORM MATERIALS Form. Materials: CONTRACTOR shall select form materials which will produce a smooth, even finish in all exposed surfaces. Dorm materials which may remain or leave residues on or in the concrete shall not contain compounds which will permanently discolor or stain the concrete. FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Snap ties, if used, shall. not be broken until the concrete has reached the design concrete strength. Snap ties, designed so that the ends must be broken off before the forms can be removed, shall not be used. The use of tie wires as form ties will not be permitted. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, or absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding. For steel forces, release agent shall prevent discoloration of the concrete due to rust. C. Corners: Chamfer all corners of concrete unless specifically noted otherwise. Provide chamfer strip secured in forms as required. D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchors: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CONCRETE FORMWORK PA092901134-09290-1000310ocs1specs;Finah25 03100 Conc FormworkAm 03100-2 A. Verify lines, elevation levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings. B. Clean surfaces of all forms to be in contact with concrete of all. previous concrete or contaminants prior to erection. 3.2 EARTH FORM A. Hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to placing concrete. See typical details for additional requirements. B. No forming stakes will be permitted in earth forms. 3.3 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Plumb and string lines shall be installed before concrete placement and shall be maintained during placement. Such lines shall be used by CONTRACTOR's personnel and by the ENGINEER and shall be in sufficient number and properly installed. During concrete placement, the CONTRACTOR shall continually monitor plumb and string line form positions and immediately correct deficiencies. B. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. C. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. D. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. The arrangement of the forinwork shall permit the removal. of remaining principal shores. E. Provide worker protection from protruding reinforcement bars in accordance with applicable safety codes. F. Joints not shown on the Plans shall not be permitted. G. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members, which are not indicated on Drawings. H. Provide fillet and chamfer strips on external corners of beams, walls and slabs unless noted or shown otherwise. I. Coordinate this section with other sections of work which require attachment of components to formwork. J. If formwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement, reinforcing shall be relocated to provide proper coverage. K. Formwork shall be placed and secured to produce the concrete sections shown on the drawings. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CONCRETE FORMWORK P:%09290» 3a-09290-100031©oos�specslFina1\25 03100 Cone Forriwork.doc 03100-3 3.6 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Care shall be taken not to apply any form release agent to the reinforcing steel., anchoring devices or embedded items in the forms. 3.7 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to pass through concrete work. B. Locate and secure in place items, which will be cast directly into concrete prior to the placing of the concrete. C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts and components of the Work. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning, inspection, placing and consolidating concrete. F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.8 FORM CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms to provide a smooth even surface. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. C. Use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. D. Maintain forms at all times in good condition, particularly as to size, shape, strength, rigidity, tightness and smoothness of surface. Form surfaces shall be treated with a nonstaining mineral oil or other lubricant acceptable to the ENGINEER. Any excess lubricant shall be satisfactorily removed before placing concrete. Where field oiling of forms is required, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the oiling at least two weeks in advance of their use. Care shall be exercised to keep oil off the surfaces of steel reinforcement and other metal items to be embedded in concrete. 3.9 FORMWORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances as stated in this section. If not noted provide as required by ACI 11.7 and 301. B. Camber slabs and beams in accordance with ACI 301. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CONCRETE FORMWORK PA092901134-09290-10003�DocslSSpocssFinall25 03100 Conc Formwork.doc 03100-4 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure and properly located. B. Do not patch wood formwork. 3.11 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. The removal criteria given below, serve only as minimums. It is the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to insure the concrete has sufficient strength for forms to be removed. B. Forms on sides of footings and encasements may be removed after 24 hours. C. Wall forms shall not be removed until a minimum of 12 hours of accumulative time with ambient temperature over 50°F has passed since the concrete was placed and consolidated. D. Structural. slab forms and shoring shall not be removed for a minimum of 10 days and only when concrete test breaks indicate the concrete placed for the slab has reached a minimum of 85% of its required 28 -day compressive strength. The CONTRACTOR may mold and cure additional concrete cylinders to verify the 85% strength has been achieved. E. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. F. Store removed forms such that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. G. CONTRACTOR shall begin to apply curing compounds within one hour after stripping wall forms. H. All. formwork shall be removed before backfill is placed against the formed surface. 3.12 FALSEWORK The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the design., engineering, construction, maintenance, and safety of all falsework, including staging, walkways, forms, ladders, and similar appurtenances, which shall equal or exceed the applicable requirements of the provisions of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction, the requirements of the Construction Safety Orders of the California Division of Industrial Safety, and the requirements herein. END OF SECTION GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CONCRETE FORMWORK P:109290113A-0929£1-100031DocslSpecs%FinaR25 03100 Conc Formwork.doc 03100-5 SECTION 03200 - REINFORCEMENT STEEL PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, fabricate, and place all concrete and masonry reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and concrete inserts for use in reinforced concrete and masonry construction and shall perform all appurtenant work, including all the wires, clips, supports, chairs, spacers, and other accessories, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein. B. Commercial. Standards 1. ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement 2. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 3. CRSI MSP -1 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Standard Practice 4. WRI Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabric 5, AWS DIA Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel 6. ASTM A 185 Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement 7. ASTM A 615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 8. ASTM A 706 Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Reinforcement 9. ASTM A 775 ,Specification. for Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish shop bending diagrams, placing lists, and drawings of all reinforcement steel prior to fabrication. B. Details of the concrete reinforcement steel and concrete inserts shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR at the earliest possible date after receipt of the Notice to Proceed. Said details of reinforcement steel for fabrication and erection shall conform to ACI 315 and the requirements specified and shown. The shop bending diagrams shall show the actual lengths of bars, to the nearest inch measured to the intersection of the extensions (tangents for bars of circular cross section) of the outside surface. The shop drawings shall include bar placement diagrams which clearly indicate the locations and dimensions of each bar splice. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal REINFORCEMENT STEEL PA092901134-09290-1400mocslspecsit='€nah25 03200 Conc Rift SteeLdoc 03200-1 C. Where mechanical couplers are required or permitted to be used to splice reinforcement steel; the CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations for installation for each type of coupler used. A current ICBO report for the specific product proposed to be used, or certified test reports which verify the load capacity of each type and size of couplers to be used. Shop drawings shall be prepared which show the location of each coupler with details of how they are to be installed and secured in the formwork. D. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, the CONTRACTOR shall submit mill test reports which shall contain the information necessary for the determination of the carbon equivalent as specified in AWS DIA. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a written welding procedure for each type of weld for each size of bar which is to be spliced by welding; merely a statement that AWS procedures will be followed is not acceptable. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide samples from each heat of reinforcement steel delivered in a quantity adequate for testing. The OWNER will pay the costs of initial required tests. The CONTRACTOR shall bear the costs of additional tests due to material failing the initial tests. B. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, the CONTRACTOR shall submit certifications of procedure qualifications for each welding procedure used and certification of welder qualifications, for each welding procedure, and for each welder performing the work. Such qualifications shall be as specified in AWS DIA. C. If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide samples of each type of welded splice used in the work in a quantity and of dimensions adequate for testing. At the discretion of the ENGINEER, radiographic testing of direct butt welded splices will be performed. The CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance necessary to facilitate testing. The CONTRACTOR shall repair any weld which fails to meet the requirements of AWS DIA. The costs of testing will be paid by the OWNER; except, the costs of all tests which fail to meet specified requirements shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL A. Reinforcement Steel. shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Bar reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A61.5 for Grade 60 Billet Steel Reinforcement, unless noted otherwise 2. Bar reinforcement to be welded shall meet the requirements of ASTM A706 for Grade 60. 3. Welded wire fabric reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 185. If the welded wire fabric has longitudinal wire of W4 size wire or smaller, it shall be either furnished in flat sheets or in rolls with a core diameter of not less than 10 inches. If the welded wire fabric has longitudinal wires larger than W4 size, it shall. be furnished in flat sheets only. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal REINFORCEMENT STEEL P:5092901134-09290-10003+DocsSSpecslFinai125 03200 Cone Rid Steel.doc 03200-2 B. Bar Support Accessories Accessories shall include all necessary chairs, slab bolsters, concrete blocks, tie wires, dips, supports, spacers, and other devices to position reinforcement during concrete or grout placement. All bar supports shall meet the requirements of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Wire bar supports shall be CRSI Class I for maximum protection with a 118 -inch minimum thickness of plastic coating which extends at least 112 -inch from the concrete surface. Plastic shall be gray in color. Concrete blocks (dobies), used to support and position reinforcement steel, shall have the same or higher compressive strength specified for the concrete in which it is located. Wire ties shall be embedded in concreteblock bar supports. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Mechanical couplers shall be provided where shown or may be used where approved by the ENGINEER. The couplers shall have the tensile capacity equal to a minimum of 1.25 percent of the reinforcement bars yield strength being spliced. B. Where the type of coupler used is composed of more than one component, all components required for a complete splice shall be supplied. This shall apply to all mechanical splices, including those splices intended for future connections. C. The reinforcement steel and coupler used shall be compatible for obtaining the required strength of the connection. Straight threaded type couplers shall require the use of the next larger size reinforcing bar or shall be used with reinforcing bars with specially forged ends which provide upset threads which do not decrease the basic cross section of the bar. D. Couplers shall be Bar -Loch couplers by manufactured by Erica Products; Dowel Richmond Screw .Anchor Company; or equal. 1*2 IN 14F.74.6 1110 A. General Dayton Superior, Lenton Form. Saver as Bar Splicer System as manufactured by 1. Fabrication details shall be prepared in. accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318, except as modified by the Drawings. Stirrups and tie bars shall be bent around a pin having a diameter not less than 1 -112 -inch for No. 3 bars, 2 -inch for No. 4 bars, and 2 -112 -inch for No. 5 bars or as specified on the Drawings. Bends for other bars shall be made around a pin having a diameter not less than b times the bar diameter, except for bars larger than I inch, in which case the bends shall be made around a pin of 8 bar diameters or as specified on the Drawings. Bars shall be bent cold. The CONTRACTOR shall fabricate reinforcement bars for structures in accordance with bending diagrams, placing lists, and placing drawings. Reinforcement shall not be straightened or rcbent in a manner which will reduce the strength of the material. Bars with kinks or bends not shown shall not be used. All bars shall be bent cold; unless otherwise permitted by the ENGINEER. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal REINFORCEMENT STEEL PA092IM134-09290-10003BocsispecslFinaA25 03200 Cone Riff Steei.doc 03200-3 No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field -bent except as shown or specifically permitted by the ENGINEER. B. Fabricating Tolerances: Bars used for concrete reinforcement shall meet the following requirements for fabricating tolerances: Sheared length: + 1 inch Depth of truss bars: + 0, - 112 inch 3. Stirrups, ties, and spirals: + 112 inch 4. All other bends: + 1 inch C. Welded Splices Welded splices shall be provided where shown and where approved by the ENGINEER. All welded splices of reinforcement steel shall develop a tensile strength which exceeds 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars which are connected. 2. All materials required to conform to the welded splice requirements of AWS D i A shall be provided. 2.4 EPDXY GROUT Epoxy for grouting reinforcing bars shall be specifically formulated for such application, for the moisture condition, application temperature, and orientation of the hole to be filled. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLACEMENT A. All reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and other appurtenances shall be fabricated, and placed in accordance with the requirements of the Building Code and the supplementary requirements specified herein. B. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately positioned as shown, and shall be supported and wired together to prevent displacement, using annealed iron wire ties or suitable clips at intersections. All reinforcement steel shall be supported by concrete, plastic or metal supports, spacers or metal hangers which are strong and rigid enough to prevent any displacement of the reinforcement steel. Where concrete is to be placed on the ground, supporting concrete blocks (or dobies) shall be used, in sufficient numbers to support the bars without settlement, but in no case shall such support be continuous. All concrete blocks used to support reinforcement steel shall be tied to the steel with wire ties embedded in the blocks. For concrete over or in formwork, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish concrete, metal, plastic, or other acceptable bar chairs and spacers to maintain the required clearances. C. Limitations on the use of bar support materials shall be as follows. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal REINFORCEMENT STEEL R\0929M134-09290-10003\Docs%Specs\Finai%25 03200 Conc Rini Steel.doc 03200-4 Concrete Dobies: permitted at all locations except where architectural finish is required. 2. Wire Bar Supports: permitted only at slabs over dry areas, interior dry wall surfaces, and exterior wall surfaces. 3. Plastic Bar Supports: permitted at all locations except on grade. D. Tic wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to provide the specified concrete coverage. E. Bars additional to those shown which may be found necessary or desirable by the CONTRACTOR for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at its own expense. .. Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement placing tolerances shall be within the limits specified in Section 7.5 of ACI: 318 except where in conflict with the requirements of the Building Code. G. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other .reinforcement steel, conduits, or embedded items. If bars are moved more than one bar diameter, or enough to exceed the above tolerances, the resulting arrangement of bars shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER. 3.2 SPACING OF BARS A. The clear distance between parallel bars (except in columns and between multiple layers of bars in beams) shall be not less than the nominal diameter of the bars nor less than I.- 1/3 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor less than one inch. B. Where reinforcement in beams or girders is placed in 2 or more layers, the clear distance between layers shall be not less than one inch and the bars of the upper layers placed directly above the bars of the bottom layer. C. In columns, the clear distance between longitudinal bars shall be not less than 1-112 times the bar diameter, nor less than 1-1/2 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor less than 1-1/2 inches. D. The clear distance between bars shall also apply to the distance between a contact splice and adjacent splices or bars. 3.3 SPLICING A. General Reinforcement bar splices shall only be used at locations shown. When it is necessary to splice reinforcement at points other than where shown, the character of the splice shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER and shall be specified on the submitted shop drawings. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, dowels shall match the size and spacing of the spliced bar. GW Treatment Plant Modifications - GAC for MTBE Removal REINFORCEMENT STEEL P:1092904134-09290-100031Docs5SpecslFinal12503200 Conc Ripf Steel Aoc 03200-5 B. Splices of Reinforcement The length of lap for reinforcement bars, unless otherwise shown shall be in accordance with ACI 318, Section 12.1.5.1 for a Class B splice. Laps of welded wire fabric shall be in accordance with the ACI 318. Adjoining sheets shall be securely tied together with No. 14 tie wire, one tie for each 2 running feet. Wires shall be staggered and tied in such a manner that they cannot slip. 3. Splices in column spiral reinforcement, when necessary, shall be made by welding or by a lap of 1-112 turns. C. Couplers which are located at a joint face shall be a type which can be set either flush or recessed from the face as shown. The couplers shall be scaled during concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste from entering. Couplers intended for future comiections shall be recessed a minimum of 112 inch from the concrete surface. After the concrete is placed, the coupler shall be plugged with plastic plugs which have an O-ring seal and the recess filled with sealant to prevent any contact with water or other corrosive .materials. D. Unless noted otherwise, mechanical coupler shall have the same size bar on each side of the coupler. 3.4 EMBEDMENT" OF DRILLED REINFORCING STEEL DOWELS A. Hole Preparation 1. Special inspection by a registered deputy inspector shall be provided, as required by the 2007 California Building Code and ICC Evaluation Report. The City shall employ the deputy inspector, as required in Section 1704 of the 2007 California Building Code. 2. The hole diameter shall be as required by the ICC Evaluation Report for the specific product being used. The depth of the hole shall be as indicated on the drawings or as directed, in writing, by the ENGINEER. 4. The hole in the concrete shall be drilled by the method required by the ICC Evaluation. Report for the specific product being used and which does not interfere with the proper bonding of epoxy. Existing reinforcing steel. in the vicinity of proposed holes shall. be located using a pachometer, or other prior to drilling. The location of holes to be drilled shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or nicking any existing reinforcing bars. 6. The hole shall be brushed out and blown clean with clean, dry compressed air to remove all dust and loose particles, as required by the ICC Evaluation Report. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal REINFORCEMENT STEEL P:1092905134-09290-10003\Docs\SpecslFinaf125 03200 Conc Riff Steei.doc 03200-6 B. Dowel Installation Epoxy shall be injected into the hole, as required by the ICC Evaluation Report, through a tube placed at the bottom of the hole. The tube nozzle shall be withdrawn as epoxy is placed but kept immersed to prevent formation of air pockets. The hole shall be filled to a depth that insures that excess material will be expelled from the hole during dowel installation. Dowels shall be twisted during insertion into the partially filled hole so as to guarantee full engagement of the bar surface with epoxy. The bar shall be inserted slowly enough to avoid developing air pockets. After dowels are installed, allow time recommended by epoxy manufacturer for epoxy to cure prior to covering epoxy with concrete. END OF SECTION GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal REINFORCEMENT STEEL P:1092901134-09294-10003%DocslSpecalFinalk25 03200 Cone Rinf SteeLdoc 03200-7 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK This section covers east -in-place concrete including selective finishing and repair work for structures or retaining walls on the project. 1,2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork, B. Section 03200 - Reinforcing Steel. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C31 - Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. B. ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregate. C. ASTM C39 - Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. D. ASTM C40 - Organic Impurities in Sands for Concrete. E. ASTM C88 - Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. F. ASTM C94 - Specifications for Ready -Mixed Concrete G. ASTM C131 - Resistance to Degradation of Small Size Course Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. H. ASTM C 136 - Method for Sieve Analysis to Fine and Coarse Aggregate. I. ASTM C143 - Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. J. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. K. ASTM C 156 - Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials. L. ASTM C173 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method, M. ASTM 0231 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. N. ASTM C233 - Standard Method of Testing Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete, O. ASTM C260 - Standard Specifications for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE P:1092901134-09290-100031Docsl5pecs\Final125 03300 Cork cast to pEace.doc 03300-1 P. ASTM C289 - Standard Test Method for Potential Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method). Q. ASTM C441 - Standard Test Method for Effectiveness of Mineral Admixtures in Preventing Excessive Expansion of Concrete Due to the Alkali -Aggregate Reaction. R. ASTM 0457 - Microscopical Determination of Air -Void Content and Parameters of the Air -Void System in Hardened Concrete. S. ASTM C494 - Standard Specifications for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. T. ASTM C618 ---- Standard Specifications for Coal Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete U. ASTM C670 - Preparing Precision Statements for Test Methods for Construction Materials. V. ASTM C803 - Penetration Resistance of Hardened Concrete. W. ASTM C1084 - Portland Cement Content of Hardened Hydraulic -Cement Concrete. X. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. Y. AGI 211.1 - Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal and Heavyweight Concrete. Z. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. The Shop Drawings shall show complete details and arrangement of reinforcing and embedded items. B. Prepare mix design and prove with laboratory 7 -day, 14 -day and, 28 -day compressive test, or submit test reports of 7 -day, 14 -day, and 28 -day compressive tests of the mix where the same mix has been used on two previous water retaining structures. A .mix design and trial batch testing shall also be performed for the cement rich mix required at the base of the tank walls and columns. Submit mix design and test reports in writing for review by the ENGINEER at least 15 days before placing of any concrete. C. Provide certificate from supplier stating cement complies with ASTM C150 and these specifications. D. Provide certificate that aggregates comply with ASTM C33. State weathering region limits of coarse aggregates: severe, moderate, or negligible. State basis of determining that potential reactivity is negligible. E. For concrete admixtures provide manufacturer's certificate of compliance with these specifications. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE P:5692901134-09290-10003%Docs%SpecslFinal125 03300 Cone Cast in place.doc 03300-2 F. Epoxy Bonding Compound: Provide manufacturer's specific instructions for use. G. Nonshrink Grout: Provide manufacturer's certificate of compliance with these Specifications and specific instructions for use. H. Concrete Shrinkage Test Results: Provide test results from a testing lab documenting the proposed concrete mix designs for water retaining structure are within the acceptable shrinkage limits stated in this section. 1. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Test Results: Provide results of required aggregate test stated in Section 2.03 of this specification. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work .in accordance with ACI 301. B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C. Concrete Mix Designs All concrete .materials shall be proportioned so as to produce a workable mixture in which the water content will not exceed the maximum specified. 2. The exact proportions by weight of all materials entering into the concrete delivered to the jobsite shall conform to the approved mix design unless specifically so directed by the CITY or Laboratory for improved specified strength or desired density, uniformity and workability. 3, The proportions of such mix design shall be based on a full cubic yard of hardened concrete. 4. The jobsite batch plant shall furnish delivery tickets, signed by a Certified Weighmaster, on which each shall state the weight of aggregates, sand, cement and water and the number of cubic yard of concrete furnished, which will be compared against the approved mix design. 5. There shall be no variation in the weights and proportions of materials from the approved mix design. D. Concrete Shrinkage Testing Each mix design to be used in the construction of the tank shall be tested for concrete shrinkage in accordance with ASTM C157. The maximum rate of shrinkage shall be 0.040 at 28 -day drying age. The test may be terminated after the 28 -day drying age measurement. These tests shall be performed prior to the start of the concrete construction using the same material sources for materials as those to be used for construction. 2. The maximum concrete shrinkage for specimens cast in the field shall not exceed the trail batch maximum shrinkage by more than 25 percent. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE P:109290\134-09290-300031DoeslSpecslF= nal125 03300 Cone Cast in place.doc 03300-3 E. Ready Mix Concrete: Ready mixed concrete shall conform to the requirements of ACI 301 and ASTM C 94. In case of conflict, ACI 301 shall govern. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE COMPOSITION Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, and water, so proportioned and mixed as to produce a plastic solution workable mixture in accordance with requirements of this section of the specifications, and suitable to the specific conditions of placement. 2.2 PORTLAND CEMENT A. Portland cement shall be from an approved source and shall conform to the requirements of the current ASTM C1.50, for Type V cement. Type I or 11 cement may be used if a geotechnical engineer certifies that soil sulfate levels are sufficiently low. Only one brand of cement from one manufacturing plant may be used. B. Cement may be delivered in paper sacks or in bulk. C. If cement is delivered in sacks, each sack shall. contain not less than 94 pounds of cement, and if delivered in bulk, one barrel of cement shall be considered to weigh 376 pounds. D. In order that the cement may not become unduly aged after delivery, the CONTRACTOR shall use cement that has been stored on the jobsite before using cement direct from freighting, hauling or transporting operations. E. Storage bins for bulk cement shall be watertight and constructed so that there will be no dead storage. If there is reason to believe that dead storage exists, the bins shall be emptied completely at least once every four months. F. Cement bins at the batch plant, and cement storage silos shall be provided with effective dust collectors at the vents to prevent loss of cement. G. The CONTRACTOR shall designate the source and quantity of cement required for his needs at least 30 days prior to its use, so that appropriate tests, inspection and certification can be made. H. Certified mill certificates shall be furnished by the cement supplier with every shipment, giving proof that the above requirements have been met. 1. In addition, the CITY may conduct, at its own expense, any tests it considers necessary, to insure that the cement provided meets the specified requirements. J. Any cement not meeting the Specifications will be rejected. K. The CITY may direct the use of Portland cement of a type other than that above specified, in which case it will pay the additional cost, if any, for the cement required GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -[N -PLACE CONCRETE P:109290%134-09290-100031Docs%Specs\Final125 03300 Cork Cast in place.doc 03300-4 over the cost of that specified, or shall receive appropriate credit for any cement required of a lesser cost than specified. 2.3 FINE AND COARSE AGGREGA'T'ES A. Fine aggregate shall be clean, natural sand consisting of hard, strong, durable and uncoated particles. It shall conform to the grading limits specified in ASTM C33. B. Material removable by decantation from fine aggregate shall not exceed five percent (5%) by weight. C. The moisture content of fine aggregate shall not exceed eight percent (8%) by weight at the time the aggregate is used for the concrete. D. Fine aggregate shall be subjected to careful, thorough analysis to determine conformity with all requirements of these specifications. E. Mortar specimens made with the fine aggregate shall have a compressive strength after seven (7) days of at least ninety percent (94%) of the strength of similar specimens made with Ottawa sand having a fineness modulus of 2.44. F. Coarse aggregate shall be washed gravel or crushed stone consisting of hard, tough, durable particles free froth adherent coating. G. It shall contain no vegetable matter of soft, friable, thin, flat or elongated particles in quantities considered deleterious. H. A thin, flat or elongated particle is defined as a particle having a maximum dimension in excess of five times its minimum dimension. I. Aggregate that has disintegrated or weathered badly under exposure conditions similar to those that will be encountered in the wort{ under consideration shall not be used. J. When crushed stone is used, the crusher shall be equipped with a screening system that will entirely separate the dust from the stone and convey it to a separate bin. K. The substances designated shall not be present in excess of the following amounts: 1. Soft fragments: 5% 2. Clay lumps: 1.411/o 3. Material removed by decantation: 1 % L. When the material removed by decantation consists essentially of crushed dirt, the maximum amount permitted may be raised to one and one-half percent (1/2%). M. Coarse aggregate shall be subjected to a careful, thorough analysis to determine conformity with all requirements of these Specifications. N. The maximum size aggregate shall be as required in this Section, the aggregate shall be uniformly well graded from coarse through fine. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE P:1032901434 -179290-i0 031gocslSpecslFic:a[l25 03300 Conc Cast in piace.doc 03300-5 2.4 O. Corrective measures to remedy deficiencies in aggregate grading may be used only with the written approval of the CITY. Coarse aggregate grading shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C33 for the aggregate size number specified in this section. P. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence to the CITY that all aggregate used in the work meets the requirements specified herein. Tests shall be perfoned by a reputable independent testing laboratory and the cost of testing be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Q. If the CITY deems that testing of aggregate is necessary, samples may be selected from any of the aggregate delivered to the ready mix plant or jobsite and have them tested by a laboratory of the CITY's choice at their expense. R. If in such tests the material fails to meet the specified requirements, the aggregate will be rejected and the expense of testing shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. S. If such tests show the aggregate to be satisfactory, the CONTRACTOR shall. have no claim for costs due to delays caused by testing. T. When tested in accordance with "Organic Impurities in Sands for Concrete" (ASTM C40), the fine aggregate shall provide a color in the supernatant liquid no darker than the reference standard color solution. U. When tested in accordance with "Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate" (ASTM C88), the loss resulting after five cycles shall not exceed 10% for fine aggregate and 12% for coarse aggregate when using sodium sulfate. V. When tested in accordance with "Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by use of the Los Angeles Machine" (ASTM C131), the coarse aggregate shall show a loss not exceeding 50% after 500 revolutions or 10`/o after 1.00 revolutions. W. When tested in accordance with "Potential Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method)" (ASTM C289), the aggregates should be represented by points lying to the left side of the solid line of Figure 2. WATER Water for mixing shall be clean, fresh and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, chlorides, sulfates, alkali or organic matter. Water shall conform to ACI 301. 2.5 AIR -ENTRAINING AGENTS A. The concrete may be air -entrained at the option of the CONTRACTOR, however, Class "A" concrete shall not be air -entrained. B. Air -entraining agents shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C260 and C233. C. The maximum total volumetric air content of the concrete before placement shall be as specified in subsection 2. 10, as determined by ASTM C 173 or ASTM C231. D. Manufacturers and Product GW Treatment Plant Modifications— GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PA092901134-09290-100031Does15pecslFina1125 03300 Cone Cast ir, p[ace.doc 03300-6 1. GRACE CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS, Cambridge, MA (877) 423-6491; "DAREX AEA" 2. MASTER BUILDERS, Cleveland, OH (800) 628-9990, "MB-AE10" 3. SIKA, Santa Fe Springs, CA (562) 903-3648; "AER". 2.6 WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURES A. Water reducing additives, which do not affect the ultimate performance of any steel in any way, may be added to the concrete mix design. Water reducing additives shall conform to ASTM C494, Type A or D. B. The use of water reducing additives shall not permit the cement content or the air -entrainment to be reduced below the minimum specified in subsection 2.10 below. C. Superplasti.cizers, if allowed by the CITY, shall conform to ASTM C494, Type F or G, batch plant added using second or third generation only. 2.7 ADMIXTURES A. All admixtures used in any mix design shall be manufactured and supplied by the same admixture company to ensure compatibility and shall not contain. calcium chloride or triethanolamine. B. Flyash shall conform to ASTM C61.8, Class F, and shall not to exceed 20% of the total cementitious material by weight used in the concrete mix design. C. When the air temperature during the pour exceeds 85°F, a concrete retarding admixture shall be added to all Class "A" concrete (as defined in subsection 2.08 below) used for wall construction. 1. Grace Construction Products, Cambridge, MA; "DARATARD-17" 2. Master Builders, Cleveland, OH; "MBL-82". 3. To be considered as equal, any alternate product offered for consideration shall contain no calcium chloride, and shall be compatible with air -entrained cements and air -entraining admixtures conforming to the applicable ASTM, AASHO, ANSI and Federal specifications. D. CONTRACTOR shall verify that admixtures do not contain calcium chlorides or other corrosive materials. 2.8 CONCRETE CLASSIFICATION A. Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, concrete shall be of the following classes, each meeting the mix and compressive strength requirements as specified hereafter, and shall be used as follows: L Class "A" : Foundations, all concrete not otherwise specified. 2. Class "B" : Site work (curbs, gutters, sidewalk and paving) B. At the CONTRACTOR's option, Class "A" concrete may be substituted for Class "B". GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -[N -PLACE CONCRETE PA09290034-09290-10003%DocslSpecslFinal125 03300 Coric CasE in place.doc 03300-7 2.9 MEASUREMENT AND SLUMP A. All measurements of material for concrete shall be by weight. However, CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, may increase the cement content with a corresponding reduction in weight of aggregate and sand, if there is concern that the minimum strength requirements under these specifications cannot be met. B. The amount of water to be used shall be the amount necessary to produce a plastic mixture of the specified slump, but shall not to exceed the water -cement ratio stated herein. C. Measure slump prior to addition of water -reducing admixtures (if used) in accordance with ASTM C 143. Slump shall be within the limits specified in subsection 2.10. A tolerance of up to 1 inch above the indicated maximum slump is permitted for individual batches, but the average for all batches or the ten (1.0) most recent batches tested, whichever is fewer, does not exceed the stated limit. Concrete of lower than usual slump may be used provided it is properly placed and consolidated. 2.1.0 CONCRETE MIX PARAMETERS A. Not withstanding what has been stated Dere-before, and unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, the concrete shall meet the following requirements: F. Maximum Aggregate Size I inch (5) 1 inch (5) (Size Number 5, ASTM C33) G. Maximum Total Volumetric Air 4% 4% Content (plus or minus 1 percent) H. The cement content is required irrespective of resulting compressive strength. I. No calcium chlorides are permitted in mix design. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -[N -PLACE CONCRETE P:%09290\134-09290-10003%DocslSpecsiFiral125 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 03300-8 Class A Class B B. Min. Compressive Strength 4000 psi 2500 psi C. Max. Water/Cement Ratio 0.40 0.50 (by weight) D. Slump (plus or minus 1 -inch) 4.0 4:0 B. Min. Cement Content (94 lb. 6.5 sacks 5.0 sacks sack of cement per cubic yard of solid concrete) F. Maximum Aggregate Size I inch (5) 1 inch (5) (Size Number 5, ASTM C33) G. Maximum Total Volumetric Air 4% 4% Content (plus or minus 1 percent) H. The cement content is required irrespective of resulting compressive strength. I. No calcium chlorides are permitted in mix design. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -[N -PLACE CONCRETE P:%09290\134-09290-10003%DocslSpecsiFiral125 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 03300-8 2.11 WORKABILITY A. Concrete shall be of such consistency and composition that it can be worked readily into the forms and around the reinforcement without excessive spading or permitting material to segregate or free water to collect on its surface. B. If the concrete is not within the specified slump range, the proportions shall be adjusted to provide a plastic, cohesive mixture. All changes to the approved concrete mix designs shall be approved by the ENGINEER prior to use. C. To avoid unnecessary changes in consistency, the aggregate shall be from a source with uniform quality, moisture content, and grading. Handle materials in such amanner that variations in moisture content will not interfere with production of concrete of the specified degree of uniformity and slump. 2.12 EPDXY ADHESIVE A. A non -sag epoxy adhesive shall be applied over all dry -packed holes on the inside surface of walls and the repair honeycomb areas. B. Manufacturer and Product: 1. SELECT PRODUCTS CO., Costa Mesa, CA, phone: (714) 429-0808; "SELECT BOND GP -3000" 2. STO Concrete Restoration, Atlanta, GA, phone (800) 221-2397; "CR635" Sto Epoxy Gel 3. Approved equal materials may be used. 2.13 CURING COMPOUND A. If wet curing process is not used on formed concrete surfaces, a curing compound shall be applied immediately after forms have been removed from the concrete surface. If the forms arc kept on the concrete for a minimum of 7 days, a curing compound is not required. B. Curing compounds will be accepted if it is a clear, water -base, non -yellowing curing compound with a fugitive dye, in conformance with ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. C. Regardless of the type of curing compound used, Contractor shall assume complete responsibility for its adequacy and shall remove the compound film from the concrete surface if not compatible with potable water and/or submerged conditions. D. Manufacturer and Product: 1. VOCOMP 20 Water -Based, acrylic curing compound, by WR Meadows. 2. Approved equal 2.14 CONCRETE REPAIR MORTAR A. Patch material shall be polymer -modified, cementitious, non -sag mortar with corrosion inhibitor properties. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PA092901134-€19290-100030ocs55pecslFinal125 03300 Core Cast in place.doe 03300-9 B. Patch material shall meet the following; requirements (@ 73 degrees F and 50 percent R.H.): 1. Work Life 30 minutes minimum 2. Compressive Strength 3,000 psi @ 7 days 3. Bonding Strength (ASTM C 882) 2,200 psi @ 28 days 4. Color Concrete Gray C. The material shall be designed for vertical and overhead application. The patch material shall be capable of being applied in 2 -inch thick applications on vertical surfaces. D. The patch may be extended with clean sand in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Manufacturer and Product: 1. STO Corp., phone (800) 221-2397 'CR 702' 2. Fosroc Inc., phone (800) 645 -3 954 `Renderoc HB 2' 3. Sika Corporation, phone (562) 941-0231 'Sika Top 126 PLUS' 4. Approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONCRETE QUALITY A. Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, sand, coarse aggregate, water, air -entraining solution and admixtures as specified or approved by the ENGINEER. The required proportions shall be assembled, well mixed, transported, placed, consolidated, finished and cured as here -in -after specified. Concrete shall be uniformly dense and sound, free from faults, cracks, voids, honeycomb and other imperfections. B. If not called for specifically and unless specified otherwise hereunder, concrete requirements shall follow ACI 301 where applicable. 3.2 SITE MIXED CONCRETE A. Site mixed concrete may only be used for small quantities of Class "B" concrete where approved in writing by the ENGINEER and shall conform to ACI 304 as modified by these specifications. B. Use a batch -type mixer capable of combining the aggregates, cement, and water within the specified time into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass and discharging the mixture without segregation. C. Use supporting equipment that can accurately proportion the cement, the coarse and fine aggregates, the admixtures, and the water which enters the mixing drum. Proportion the cement and aggregate by weight. D. Discharge each entire batch before recharging. Do not allow volume of the mixed materials per batch to exceed the manufacturer's rated capacity of the mixer. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE P:1092901134-D929D-10DE13Saocs;Spees,Final125 03300 Conc Cast in Rlace.doc 03300-10 E. Mixing time shall be as follows: 1. For mixer of a capacity of 1 cubic yard or less, one and one-half minutes after batching is completed. 2. .For mixers of capacities larger than 1 cubic yard, one and one-half minutes plus one-half minute for each additional 112 cubic yard capacity or fraction thereof in excess of I cubic yard. 3. The mixer shall revolve at a uniform rate as specified by the manufacturer for the mixing equipment. 3.3 READY -MIXED CONCRETE A. Provide central -mixed concrete conforming to ASTM C94 as modified by these specifications. B. Limit the haul time of central -mixed concrete so that the specified slump is attained without the addition of water onsite or during transit which exceeds mix design water -cement ratio specified here -in. In no event shall the time after water and cement are both added at the batch plant to the track is empty exceed 90 minutes, unless specifically approved by the ENGINEER. C. Use truck -transported, dry -batched concrete or mix on the jobsite when haul time is excessive. Do not retemper partially hardened concrete. 3.4 PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE A. Placement shall conform to ACI 304 as modified by these specifications. B. Notify the CITY`s Representative of readiness, not just intention, to place concrete in any portion of the work. This notification shall be such time in advance of the operation as the CITY's Representative deems necessary to observe the preparations at the location of the proposed concrete placing and schedule the testing agency to be available to obtain the required concrete test specimens. C. All forms, steel, anchors, ties, inserts, and other embedded items shall be in place before the CONTRACTOR's notification of readiness is given to the Engineer. D. Schedule sufficient equipment for continuous concrete placing, program backup equipment, and the actions to be taken in case of an interruption in placing. Provide extra concrete vibrators. Test the concrete vibrators the day before placing concrete. E. Unspecified cold joints shall not be permitted. Placed concrete shall be continuously covered with new concrete, and shall be thoroughly integrated through vibration, even if it means that horizontal passes of only b inches in width be made until additional concrete and equipment becomes available to permit wider passes in concrete placement. The presence of such a joint shall be cause for removal and replacement of the entire concrete pour, at no additional cost to the CITY. F. Vibrators shall be of the high -frequency internal type, and the number in use shall be ample to consolidate the incoming concrete properly within 15 minutes after it is deposited in the forms. In all cases, at least two vibrators shall be available at the site. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE P:1o9290%134-09290-100031pocslSpecrlFinaA26 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 03300-11 G. Vibrate concrete to eliminate rock pockets and voids, to consolidate each layer with that previously placed, to completely embed reinforcing bars and fixtures, and to bring just enough fine material to exposed surfaces to produce a smooth, dense, and even texture. Vibration shall be performed at each required pour window opening in the reservoir wall form and elsewhere, where they occur. Use external vibrators for consolidating concrete when the concrete is otherwise inaccessible for adequate consolidating, provided the forms are constructed rigidly enough to resist displacement or damage from external vibration.. H. Do not place concrete during rainstorms. Protect concrete placed immediately before rain to prevent rainwater from coming in contact with it. Keep sufficient protective covering on hand at all times for this purpose. I. Concrete placed for encasements shall not be backfilled until the concrete has reached at least 50% of its specified 28 -day compressive strength confirmed by concrete cylinder tests. The CONTRACTOR may mold and cure additional concrete cylinders per this Section to verify when the 50% strength has been achieved, prior to the required 7 -day compression test. The CONTRACTOR shall keep the trench dewatered until that time. The CONTRACTOR may use Type III cement (High Early Strength) in lieu of Type II cement in the same batch quantities as specified, at no additional cost to the CITY. 7. Concrete shall be placed and consolidated in all forms to produce a well -consolidated concrete with no voids or segregation. K. The temperature of concrete as delivered at the time and location of placement under the following combined ambient conditions, except concrete that will be deposited within wall or column forms, shall not exceed the following temperatures: Relative humidity Ambient temperature Maximum concrete less than % Eeatcr than °F temperature °F 80 90 100 70 90 95 60 90 90 50 90 85 40 90 80 30 80 75 20 75 70 3.5 PUMPING CONCRETE A. Determine pump size on rate of concrete placement, length of delivery pipe or hose, aggregate size, mix proportions, vertical lift, and slump of concrete. GW Treatment Plant Modifications -- GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE i' Ip928if1134-p929p-1C0031gocs15pecsl lna 25 03300 Cone Cast iri place.doc 03300-12 B. Minimum inside diameter of pipe or hose shall be based on the maximum aggregate size as follows: 1 -inch maximum aggregate: 3 inches minimum I.D. C. Do not use aluminum pipes for delivery of concrete to the forms. D. Before pumping is started, prime the delivery pipe or hose by pumping mortar through the line using 5 gallons of mortar for each 50 feet of delivery line. Do not deposit mortar in forms. F. Concrete for slump testing will be taken from the delivery end of the hose. 3.6 SURFACE FINISHES A. Wood -Float Finish: 1. This requires an integral finish by wood -float after screeding, to compact the surface evenly. 2. Any excess surface water shall be removed before floating and no mortar shall be added for leveling surface. B. Steel Trowel Finish: 1. Provide an integral finish obtained by troweling with a steel trowel after the surface has been floated and allowed to diy until. all watersheen on the surface has disappeared. 2. Final troweling shall be done after the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent drawing moisture and fine materials to the surface and when the concrete is sufficiently hard that no mortar accurnulates on. the trowel while finishing surface. 3. Do not spread cement or mixture of cement and sand on surfaces to absorb excess water or to stiffen the concrete. 4. Troweling shall produce a dense, smooth, impervious surface free from defects and blemishes. 5. All interior unformed exposed surfaces of the reservoir wall, wall footing, column footing and floor shall receive a smooth, even, level and hard (so called "burnt") steel trowel finish. C. Formed Surfaces Finish: 1. After formwork is removed, surface fins and burrs shall be smoothed. 2. All formed surfaces shall be smooth, even and regular. 3. For honeycomb areas, see item H below of this section. GW Treatment Plant Modifications - GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE FIA092901134-09290-10003�Docs%Spees\FinaR25 03300 Conc Cast in placc.doc 03300-13 D. Unformed Surfaces: Unformed surfaces which will not be exposed in the completed work shall be brought to required finished elevations and left true and regular. E. Screeds: Sufficient screeds, unaffected by form deflections under concrete loads, shall be installed to insure an even concrete surface, true to grade and elevation, without unacceptable local depressions of any sort. 2. Screeds shall. be set to the required levels and be approved by the CITY before any concrete may be placed. F. Form Tie Holes: Tie holes shall be thoroughly cleaned and sandblasted or roughened. Holes shall be free of grease or other materials that will inhibit the bond of the epoxy adhesive to the concrete. After cleaning and roughening, vinyl plugs shall be installed in. the middle third of the wall width. The tie holes shall be coated with a water insensitive epoxy adhesive, as specified here -in and properly tilled by damp -packing with a mortar of damp -pack consistency by mixing one part of cement to one part of plaster sand. The amount of water to be added to the cement -sand mixture shall be such that the mortar can be properly compacted by driving it into the voids with a hammer. The outside portion of the tie hole shall be filled no sooner than 7 days after the inside has been filled. 2. Ernbeco or other additives shall not be used for damp -packing such cavities. 3. Interior surfaces of the damp -packed tie holes in the tank corewall shall be covered with an approved 10 mil. thick water insensitive non -sag epoxy coating, which shall conform to the requirements of this Section. 4. Finished surfaces shall be free from sand streaks or other voids. G. Honeycombed Areas: Defective surfaces, such as honeycomb, shall be cut out entirely until sound homogeneous concrete is met, even if it means going through the entire wall, floor or roof slab. 2. The exposed surface areas shall be coated with an approved epoxy bonding material, which shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, repair area with concrete repair mortar product. The repair material shall be applied following the recommendations of the manufacturer for the specific repair application. The water content of the concrete repair mortar shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the repair application. 4. Concrete repair mortar shall be tamped into place working from the edge of the repair area towards the center and finished to match the adjacent concrete surfaces. 5. The thickness of the lifts shall be limited to the manufacturer's recommendation GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -ISI -PLACE CONCRETE RM29M 34-09290-10043tDocsti5pecs%Final125 03300 Conc Cast in piace.doc 03300-14 to prevent sagging of the repair material.. 6. The bond between a second lift of repair mortar shall be improved through the use of an approved epoxy bonding agent. 7. Surfaces which have been repaired shall be kept continuously damp during, and for a period of not less than seven days after completing the damp -pack operation, by the curing procedure described in. Part 3.09 of this Section. Under no circumstances shall the CONTRACTOR conceal the existence of a honeycombed area in the concrete in any way. 9. Neither Embeco nor calcium chloride shall be used for repairing honeycomb areas, nor shall they be mixed with the damp -packed materials. H. Miscellaneous Surfaces: ,Miscellaneous surfaces that are not covered herein and not specifically designated on the Drawings shall be finished as directed by the CITY. CONTRACTOR shall provide certification that any material placed on or in the corewall shall be free of chlorides and other materials corrosive to prestressing steel. 1. Crack Repair: After concrete has cured, if any cracks larger than 0.02 -inches have developed, they shall be repaired at no additional cost to the CITY, following the requirements of Specification SECTION 03740 - Epoxy Adhesive Injection of Cracks in Concrete Members Finished Interior Concrete Surfaces: Imperfections in the interior surfaces of the tank, including those caused by air bubbles ("bug holes"), shall filled by sacking so that the resulting interior surfaces of the tank are smooth and free of imperfections. 3.7 CONCRETE TESTS A. Compression test specimens and testing shall conforin to ASTM C39. B. Proportioning (or chemical analysis) tests shall conform. to ASTM C-1084. C. Frequency: At least one slump test and five test cylinders shall be taken, under the supervision of the CITY, by an. approved testing lab for every 150 cubic yards or fraction thereof of each class of concrete used at the jobsite each day. Each cylinder shall be coded to identify the date of delivery, the truck .number, the location where the concrete has been used and the slump measured upon discharge. D. The specimens shall be standard test cylinders, six inches in diameter, twelve inches in length; and they shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM C31. Molds for the standard test cylinders shall be furnished at the expense of the CITY. E. Determine slump of the concrete following procedures from ASTM 0143 for each strength test sample and as required to establish the concrete slump is consistent. F. Determine air content of the concrete using procedures from ASTM C1.73 or C231. for each strength test sample and as required to establish consistency. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE P:%09290\1 34-p929fl-144031gocsiSpecsl ina9125 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 03300-15 G. Subject to the conditions outlined in this section, all costs for malting and testing of concrete and materials, by an approved recognized reputable testing. laboratory, will be borne by the CITY. H. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish any necessary labor to assist in obtaining and handling the test specimens. The testing of cylinders shall be performed by an approved testing laboratory that normally engages in the preparation of concrete mix designs and testing of concrete materials. 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain for the sole use of the CITY's testing agency adequate facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test specimens on the project site, as required by ASTM C31. J. One cylinder compression test shall be made of each group of test of cylinders after 7, 14 and 28 days, at the CITY's option in accordance with ACI 318. K. The evaluation of concrete compressive strength shall meet the following requirements. The average of any three consecutive compressive strength tests shall be equal to or greater than the specified 28 -day strength. Not more than 10% of the tests shall be less than specified 28 -day strength. No test shall be less than. 85% of the specified 28 -day strength. L. If the 28 -day compressive tests fail to meet the specified minimum compressive strength, the concrete will be assumed to be defective and one set of three cores from each area where the low strength concrete has been placed may be taken. as selected by the ENGINEER and in accordance with ASTM C 42. I. If the concrete in the structure will be dry under service conditions, cores shall be air dried (in temperature 60 to 80°E, relative humidity less than 60 percent) for 7 days before testing, and shall be tested dry. If the concrete in the structure will be more than superficially wet under service conditions, cores shall be immersed in water for at least 40 hours prior to testing and tested wet. If the average compressive strength of the three concrete cores from the same location fails to equal 85% of the specified minimum compressive strength or if any single core is less than 75% of the minimum compressive strength, the concrete will be considered defective and shall be removed and replaced, all at no cost to the CITY. Costs for coring, testing of the cores, and all required concrete repairs shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR. M. If one cylinder in a 28 -day test manifests evidence of improper sampling, molding, or testing, other than low strength, discard it and test one of the remaining cylinders for the recorded test result. N. If requested by the ENGINEER, proportioning tests for each class of concrete delivered to the job site, shall be made from test cylinders designated by the ENGINEER. O. In addition to the test cylinders referred to in this Section, an additional 3 test cylinders shall be made for each day's pour, or for every 4,000 square feet of wall and roof surface, whichever provides the largest number of cylinders. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PA0929W 34-09290-100031Docs%SpecslFinal125 03300 Cono Cast in place.doc €13300-16 They shall be cured in. the same manner, and in the same location of the concrete area to be investigated. Before walls may be prestressed, or before roof -forms may be stripped, at least one cylinder, of each batch of 3 cylinders, must be tested to verify the in-place concrete strength meets the required compressive strength in order to proceed. P. Proportioning tests may then be made, at the discretion of the CITY, on those groups of cylinders that have shown low readings. Q. Any concrete showing a cement content Less than the ratio by weight established in the original mix design will be subjected to further testing of concrete cores taken from the concrete in question. Should these tests confirm that the specified requirements have not been met, the extra costs involved in such testing shall be borne by CONTRACTOR; and the concrete, at the ENGINEER's option, and at CONTRACTOR's sole expense, may be rejected and must then be removed from the site or may be strengthened with additional shotcrete or concrete as the situation warrants it. Should the core tests indicate that the strength requirements have been met or if the low strength concrete is deemed acceptable to the ENGINEER, the extra costs involved in such testing shall still be borne by the CONTRACTOR. 3.8 CURING A. Curing Compound I. All formed concrete surfaces shall be sprayed with a concrete curing compound as specified in Section 03300.02.13 of these specifications at an application rate of 200 square feet per gallon, or as recommended by the product manufacturer, whichever provides the more dense application of the product. This requirement will be waived for formed surfaces if the forms have been left in place for at least 7 days after the concrete in the forms has been placed. 2. All concrete surfaces, exposed to drying winds and sunlight, shall be sprayed with a curing compound as specified in Section 43300.02.13 of these specifications at an application rate of 200 square feet per gallon, or as recommended by the product manufacturer, whichever provides the more dense application of the product. Horizontal surfaces shall be cured by application of a curing compound, as described above AND by covering with 6 mil polyethylene sheets as soon as the surface of the concrete is dry to the touch. The polyethylene sheets shall be carefully taped and sealed to the concrete surface. The polyethylene sheets shall be kept on the surface of the concrete for as long as possible, but for at least seven {7j days, to minimize the loss of moisture trapped between the polyethylene sheets and the concrete. Water must be introduced between the polyethylene sheets and the concrete, after the concrete has set, whenever drops of moisture cannot be detected on the concrete side of the sheets. 4. Apply curing and scaling compound when surface water disappears and concrete surface will not be marred by walking workmen. S. Apply curing and sealing compound in a uniform film. Avoid forming puddles of material in low areas. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAG for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE P:%092901134-09290-10003roocslSpecslFlnall28 03300 cone Cast in place.cft 03300-17 6. Protect horizontal surfaces from foot traffic for a minimum of 12 hours after application of curing compound. B. Wet Curing 1. After the concrete surface is dry enough not to be marred, 6 mil. thick polyethylene sheets shall be carefully taped and sealed to all structural concrete slab surfaces and kept in. place as long as possible, but for at least 7 days, to minimize the loss of moisture trapped between. the polyethylene and the concrete. The polyethylene covering will not be required for new wall construction. 2. Water must be introduced between the polyethylene sheeting and the concrete (alter the concrete has set) whenever moist drops canriot be detected on the concrete side of the sheeting. Water for curing shall be generally clean and free from any elements that might cause straining or discoloration of the concrete. 3.9 PROTECTION FROM ABRASION OR FIRE A. Every reasonable precaution shall be taken to protect finished surfaces from abrasions or other damage. B. Concrete surfaces or edges likely to be injured during the construction period shall be protected by leaving the forms in place or by erecting satisfactory covers. C. No fire shall be permitted in direct contact with concrete at any time. END OF SECTION GW Treatment Plant Modifications - GAC for MTBE Removal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE R; 09290\134-0929p-t00fl31OocslSpecs\FinaR25 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 83300-18 SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, fabricate, and place all structural steel and make all connections necessary to provide a complete work and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein. B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): 1. Specification for Structural Steel Buildings --------Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design, excluding Section AT 1. 2. Allowable Stress Design Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. 3. Manual of Steel. Construction, Allowable Stress Design. 4. Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel. Buildings. 5. Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, excluding Sections 3, 4, 7.11.3.3, 7.11.4, 7.1.1.5; and 7.13. 6. AISC Quality Certification Program. 7, RISC Erector Certification Program. C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. BPVC SEC IX, Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing D. American Society of Nondestructive Testing (ASNT): 1. SNT-TC-IA, Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive Testing E. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. D1.1, Structural Welding Code -Steel. 2. QC 1, Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS— GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL PM929W34-09290-900030OMSPECMRNAL12505120 STRUCTURAL STEELDOC 05120-1 E. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A6, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel. Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Steel Piling. 2. A36, Standard Specification for Structural Steel. 3. A53, Standard Specification :far Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated Welded and Seamless. 4. A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5, A143, Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot -Dip Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedures for Detecting Embrittlement, 6. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 7. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength S. A325, Standard Specification for High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 9. A384, Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot -Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies. 10. A385, Standard Practice for Providing High -Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot -Dip). 11. A490, Standard Specification for Heat -Treated Steel Structural bolts, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 12. A500, Standard Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon ,Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 13. A501., Standard Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. 14. A563, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 15. A572, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low Alloy Columbium -Vanadium Structural Steel. 16. A588, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low Alloy Structural Steel With 50 ksi Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. Thick. 17. A673, Standard Specification for Sampling Procedure for Impact Testing of Structural Steel, GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS — GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL. STEEL P:\09290113A-09290-100031DOCSISPECSIFINAL525 05120 STRUCTURAL STI_EL.€ 0C 03120-2 1. 8. A780, Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip Galvanized Coatings. 19, A992, Standard Specification for Steel for Structural. Shapes for Use in Building Frames, 20, B695, Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on. Iron and Steel. 21, F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 22, F959, Standard Specification for Compressible -Washer -Type Direct Tension Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners. 23. F1852, Standard Specification for "Twist Off' Type Tension Control Structural Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Provide shop drawings showing erection plans, member size and their connections. 2. Anchor bolt layouts. 3. Hardened washer details (if applicable). 4. Joint details for complete penetration welds. 5. Schedules for fabrication procedures. 6. Primer and other coatings for items in this Section.. 7. Name and address of manufacturer(s). 8. Product specifications. 9. Manufacturers' testing procedures and standards. 1.0. Preparation and installation or application instructions, as appropriate. B. Informational Submittals: 1.. Mill Certificates of tests made in accordance with ASTM A6. 2. High -Strength Bolts (Plain Noncoated and Hot -Dip Galvanized): a. Certificates of Compliance that products meet chemical and mechanical requirements of standards specified. GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS - GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL P:10929f) 134-09290-19003iDOCSlSPECSIFINAL125 05120 STRUCTURAL STEELUOC 05120-3 b. Manufacturer's inspection test report results for production lot(s) furnished, to include: l) Tensile strength. 2) Yield strength. 3) Reduction of area. 4) Elongation and hardness. 3. Certified Mill Test Reports for Bolts and Nuts: a. Name and address of manufacturer. b. Bolts correctly marked. C. Marked bolts and nuts used in required mill tests and manufacturer's inspection tests. 4. Direct Tension indicators (DTTs): Furnish manufacturer's test report meeting requirements of ASTM F959. 5. Tension Control (TC) Bolts: Furnish manufacturer's test report meeting requirements of ASTM A325 and ASTM F1852. 6: Methods proposed to resolve misalignment between anchor bolts and bolt holes in steel members. 7. Welding Procedures, Qualifications, and Inspection Report. 8. AISC Quality Certification.: AISC certificate showing name and address of certified firm, effective date, and category of certification. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mill identification marks in accordance with ASTM A6. B. AISC Quality Certification for Fabricator: Conventional Steel Structures (Sbd). C. Welding Qualifications: I. Welding Procedure Specifications: In accordance with AWS D1.1 (Annex E) or ASME BPVC SEC IX (Forms QW -482 and QW483). 2. Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualifications: In accordance with AWS D1.1 (Annex E), or ASME BPVC SEC IX (Form QW -484). 3. Certified Welding Inspector: Certified in accordance with AWS QCI, and having prior experience with the welding codes specified. 4. Testing Agency: Personnel performing tests shall be Nondestructive Testing Leve] IT Certified in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-IA. GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS — GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL P;1092901134-09290-100031DOCSiSPECS%FINAL125 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL.DOC €15120-4 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Load structural members in such a manner that they will be transported and unloaded without damage to coatings and without being excessively stressed, deformed, or otherwise damaged. B. Storage: 1. Protect structural steel members and packaged materials from. corrosion and deterioration. 2. Store in dry area and not in direct contact with ground. 3. Protect fasteners from dirt and moisture. Do not remove lubricant from bolts and nuts. 4. Handle materials to avoid distortion or damage to members or supporting structures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rolled Plates, Shapes except W -Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36, unless indicated otherwise. B. W -Shapes: ASTM A992, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. C. Plate material for frame connections shall be ASTM A572, Grade 50, where indicated on Drawings. D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B. E, Square and Rectangular Hollow Structural Sections (HSS): ASTM A500, Grade B (Fy equals 46 si). 2,2 FASTENERS A. High -Strength Bolts: ASTM A325 or ASTM A490, bolt type 1, galvanized. Bolt length and thread length shall be as required for the connection type shown, with hardened washers as required. B. Direct Tension Indicators (DTIs) or Load Indicator Washers: 1. ASTM F959, coating type to match bolt .finish. 2. Type A325 or A490, to thatch bolt type. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. TurnaSure LLC, Langhorne, PA; DTI's. GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS — GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL P°: 082901 134-€19290-100031©OCSiSPECS1FfNAL125 €15120 STRUCTURAL STEEL.UOC 05120-5 b. Applied Bolting Technology Products, Ludlow, VT; DTI's, regular or Squirter type. C. Tension Control (TC) Bolts: I. High-strength, ASTM A325and F1852. 2. Manufacturers: a. LeJeunc Bolt Company, Burnsville, M.N. K Nucor Fastener, Saint Joe, IN. C. T.S. Bolts and Tools, Bristol Machine Co., Walnut, CA. d. Haydon Bolts, Philadelphia, PA. e. Vermont Fasteners Manufacturing, Swanton, VT. D. Machine Bolts (M.B.): ASTM A307 E. Nuts: ASTM A563, type to match bolt type and finish. F. Hardened Steel Flat and Beveled Washers: ASTM F436, type to match bolt finish. G. Welded Shear Studs: As specified in Section 05500, METAL. FABRICATIONS AND CASTINGS. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: I . Fabricate as shown and in accordance with AISC Specification For Structural Steel Buildings and AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 2. Columns shall be Full length members without splices, unless shown. otherwise or approved by ENGINEER. 3. Mark and match mark materials for field assembly. 4. Complete assembly, including bolting and welding of units, before start of finishing operations. 5. Fabricate to agree with field measurements. B. Connections: I. Shop Connections: Weld or bolt, as shown. 2. Meet requirements of AISC Manual of Steel Construction tables for bolted double -angle shear connections, unless indicated otherwise, 3. Meet OSHA requirements for one independent bolt at beams framing in to column web connections. GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS - GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL P:109290\134-09290-100031DOCS\SPECSVF3NAL\25 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL.DOC 05120-6 4. Provide oversized holes for anchor bolts in column base plates in accordance with AISC Manual of Steel Construction, unless indicated otherwise. C. Welded Construction: 1. Conform to governing welding codes for type of weld and material for each weld. 2. Groove and Butt Joint Welds: Complete penetration, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Interface with Other Work: D. Holes: 1. As necessary or as indicated for securing other Work to structural steel framing, and for passage of other Work. through steel framing members. 2. No flame -cut holes will be permitted without prior approval of ENGINEER. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing, and other specialty items as shown to receive other Work. E. Strop Paint Primer: 1. Surface Preparation and painting as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Do not shop prime the following surfaces, unless indicated otherwise: a. Faying surfaces of slip critical bolted connections. b. Within 2 inches of field -welded connections. C. Steel members to be completely encased in reinforced concrete. F. Galvanizing: 1. Fabricate steel to be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A143, A384, and A385. Avoid fabrication techniques that could cause distortion or embrittlement of steel.. 2. Remove welding slag, splatter, burrs, grease, oil, paint, lacquer, and other deleterious material prior to delivery for galvanizing. 3. Remove by blast cleaning or other methods surface contaminants and coatings not removable by normal chemical cleaning process in the galvanizing operation. 4. Hot -dip galvanize steel members, fabrications, and assemblies after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. 5. Hot -dip galvanize A325 bolts, nuts, washers, and hardware components in accordance with ASTM A153. 6. Oversize holes to allow for zinc alloy growth. GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS - GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL P:109290\134-09290-100031OOCSISPECS%F[NAL125 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL.00C 05120-7 7. Shop assemble bolts, nuts, and washers with special lubricant and test in accordance with ASTM A325 and A563. 8. Tension -control (TC) bolts, nuts, and washers shall be mechanically zinc coated in accordance with ASTM F1852 and B695, Class 50. 9. Galvanize components of bolted assemblies separately before assembly. G. Slip Critical Bolted Connections: I . Mask Paying surfaces of slip critical (SC) bolted connections to be shop painted. 2. Roughen galvanized Paying surfaces with hand wire brushing. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITV CONTROL A. Welding: 1.. Visually inspect fabrication welds in accordance with AWS 131.1, Section 6 and Table 6. 1, Visual Inspection Acceptance Criteria, 2. The Engineer will perform the following inspection and testing of fabrication welds. a. Groove welds: 1) Radiographic (RT) or ultrasonic (UT) testing for 10 percent of randomly selected welds, unless otherwise indicated. 2) Use RT only for butt joint groove welds. b. Fillet welds larger than 5116 -inch: Liquid penetrant (PT) or magnetic particle (IMT) for 10 percent of randomly selected welds, unless otherwise indicated. C. All Welds: 100 percent visually inspected (VT). 3. The Certified Welding Inspector (CWT) shall perform. inspection prior and during assembly, during welding, and after welding. CWT duties include: a. Verifying conformance of specifcd job material and proper storage. b. Monitoring conformance with approved Welding Procedure Specification, C, Monitoring conformance of Welder/Welding Operator Performnance Qualification. d. Inspecting weld joint fit -up and in -process inspection. e. Providing 100 percent visual inspection of all welds. f. Supervising nondestructive testing personnel and evaluating test results. g. Maintaining records and preparing report confirming results of inspection and testing comply with the Work. 3. Repair and retest rejected weld defects until sound weld metal has been deposited in accordance with appropriate welding codes. GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS — GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL P:1092901134-09290-100031DOCS%SPECS%FINAL525 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL.DOC 05120-8 B. Special inspection of fabrication. process and shop welding will be provided by OWNER as indicated on Drawings. C. Hot -Dip Galvanizing: An independent testing agency, will be retained by OWNER to inspect and test hot -dip galvanized fabricated items in accordance with ASTM A123 and A153. 2. Visually inspect and test for thickness and adhesion of zinc coating for minimum of three test samples from each lot in accordance with ASTM A123 and A153. 3. Reject and retest nonconforming articles in accordance with ASTM A123 and A153. WEIR � *X 014111119]e I 3.1 STEEL MEMBER ERECTION A. Meet requirements of AISC Specification for Structural. Steel. Buildings and AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, with exceptions as specified.. B. CONTRACTOR is responsible for design and installation of temporary bracing to support components as erection proceeds. C. High -Strength Bolted Connections: 1. Tighten in accordance with AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. 2. Hardened Washers: a. Provide at locations required by Washer Requirements section of AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, to include slip critical connections using slotted or oversized holes or A490 bolts. b. Use beveled style and extra thickness where required by AISC Specification, C. Use square or rectangular beveled washers at inner flange surfaces of American Standard beams and channels. d. Do not substitute DTIs for hardened flat washers required at slotted and oversize holes. 3. For bearing -type connections not fully tensioned (N, X), tighten to snug tight condition.. Use hardened washer over slotted or oversize holes in outer plies. D. Fully Tensioned Bolted Connections: Use DTIs or TC bolts at slip critical (SC) and fully tensioned (FT) bearing -type connections. GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS -- GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL P 1092901134-09290-10003%DOCSSSPECSIFINALi25 05120 STRUCTURAL STEELD00 05120-9 2. DTls: a. Position within bolted assembly in accordance with ASTM F959. b. Install bolts, with DTls plus hardened washers as required, in all holes of an. assembly and tighten until plies are in firm contact and fasteners are uniformly snug tight. 3. Final tighten. bolts, beginning at most rigid part of bolted connection and progressing toward free edges, until final twist -off of TC bolts or until DTIs have been compressed to an average gap equal to or less than shown. in Table 2, ASTM F959. E. Welded Connections: I. Welding and Fabrication by Welding: Conform to AWS :131.1 Structural Welding Code based on material and type of weld. 2. Groove and Butt Joint Welds: Complete penetration, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Coordinate installation of anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing structural steel to in-place work. B. Provide templates and other devices for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations. C. Projection of anchor bolts beyond face of concrete and threaded length shall be adequate to allow for full engagement of all threads of hold-down nuts, adjustment of leveling nuts, washer thicknesses, and construction tolerances, unless indicated otherwise. D. Placement Tolerances: 1. As required by AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Embedded anchor bolts shall not vary from the dimensions as shown on. Drawings by more than. the following: a. Center to center of any two bolts within an anchor group: 118 inch. b. Center to center of adjacent anchor bolt groups: 114 inch. C. Variation from perpendicular to theoretical bearing surface: 1:50. 3.3 SETTING BASES AND BEARING PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to bearing surfaces. B. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates. GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS — GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL P:%092901134-09290-100€33%DOCS15PECSIFINAL125 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL.DOC 05120-10 C. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shuns, leveling nuts, or other adjustable devices. Use leveling plates where indicated on Drawings. D. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to placing grout. Weld plate washers to base plates where indicated in Drawings. E. Grout under base plates prior to placing loads on structure. 3.4 FIELD ASSEMBLY A. Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations shown. B. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact before assembly. C. Align and adjust various members forming a part of a complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. D. Level and plumb individual members of structure within tolerances shown in AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. E. Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at which structure will be completed and in service. F. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for minor discrepancies in elevations and alignment. G. Provide additional field connection material as required by AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. lI. Splice members only where indicated and accepted on shop drawings. 3.5 MISFITS AT BOLTED CONNECTIONS A. Where misfits in erection bolting are encountered, immediately notify ENGINEER for approval of one of the following methods of correction: 1. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts and use oversized bolts. 2. Plug weld misaligned holes and redrill holes to admit standard size bolts. 3. Drill additional holes in connection, conforming with AISC Standards for bolt spacing and end and edge distances, and add additional bolts. 4. Reject member containing misfit, incorrect sized, or misaligned holes and fabricate new member to ensure proper fit. GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS - GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL. STRUCTURAL ST EL PV9290 134-€39250-10ao31C)0MSPECs1F[NAD25 05120 STRUCTURAL sTEEL.Doe 05120-11 B. Do not enlarge incorrectly sized or misaligned holes in members by burning or using a drift pin. 3.6 MISFITS AT ANCHOR BOLTS A. Resolve misalignments between anchor bolts and bolt holes in steel members in accordance with approved submittal. B. Do not flame cut to enlarge holes without prior approval of ENGINEER. 3.7 GAS CUTTING A. Do not use gas cutting torches in field for correcting fabrication errors in structural framing, B. Secondary members not under stress and concealed in finished structure may be corrected by gas cutting torches, if approved by ENGENEER. C. Finish flame -cut sections equivalent to sheared and punched appearance, 3.8 REPAIR AND CLEANING A. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop primer. B. Remove and grind smooth tack welds, fit -up -lugs, and weld runoff tabs. C. Remove weld back-up bars and grind smooth where indicated on Drawings. D. Apply touchup paint primer by brush or spray of same thickness and material as that used in shop application. 3.9 REPAIR OF DAMAGED HOT -DIP GALVANIZED COATING A. Conform to ASTM A780. B. For minor repairs at abraded areas, use sprayed zinc conforming to ASTM A780. C. For flame cut or welded areas, use zinc -based solder, or zinc sticks, conforming to ASTM A780. D. Use magnetic gauge to determine that thickness is equal to or greater than base galvanized coating. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. high -Strength Bolted Connections: 1. An independent testing agency will be retained by OWNER to perform the following inspection and testing in accordance with the AiSC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts: GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS - GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL P:1092901134-09290-100031DOCS%SPECS�FINAL125 05120 STRUCTURAL STEELDOC 05120-12 a. Marking identification and conformance to ASTM standards. b. Alignment of bolt holes. C. Placement, type, and thickness of ]gardened washers. d. Tightening of bolts. 2. Bearing -Type Connections Not Fully Tensioned IN, X): Snug tight condition with plies of joint in firm contact. 3. fully Tensioned (FT) Bearing and Slip Critical (SC) Connections: a. Conduct preinstallation test. b. Monitor installation and tightening of DTIs or TC bolts. C. Monitor condition of fayiug surfaces for slip critical connections. 4. Preinstallation Test: a. Conduct jobsite test prior to start of work using a bolt tension measuring device. b. Select representative sample of not less than three bolts of each diameter, length, and grade. C. Include DTIs and flat hardened washers as required to match actual connection assembly. d. Conduct test in accordance with Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. 5. Nondestructive Testing (NDT) Report: Prepare and submit a written NDT report identifying location of inspected bolted connections and summary of corrections as required to meet code acceptance criteria. 6. Defective Connections: Correct and reinspect defcctive and improperly tightened high-strength bolted connections. Retest fully tensioned bolts as necessary to demonstrate compliance of completed work. B. Welded Connections: 1.. Visually inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, Section 6 and Table 6. 1, Visual Inspection Acceptance Criteria. 2. An independent testing agency will be retained by OWNER to perform the following inspection and testing of field welds. 3. Unless otherwise specified, perform nondestructive testing (NDT) of welds at a spot testing frequency as shown below in accordance with the referenced welding codes. Perforin ultrasonic on complete joint penetration groove welds that cannot be readily radiographed. In case there is a conflict the higher frequency level of NDT shall apply: a. Complete Joint Penetration (CJP) Butt Joint Welds: 10 percent random Radiographic (RT). GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS — GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL P:S092901134-0929€3-100031DOCSISPECSIFINAL125 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL.DOC 05120-13 b. Groove Welds: 1) Radiographic (RT) or ultrasonic (UT) testing for 10 percent of randomly selected welds, unless otherwise indicated. 2) Use RT only for butt joint groove welds. C. Fillet Welds Larger Than 5I16 Inch: Liquid penetrant (PT) or magnetic particle (MT) testing for 10 percent of randomly selected welds, unless otherwise indicated. d. Partial Joint Penetration (PJP) Groove Welds: 10 percent random PT or MT C. All Welds: 100 percent visually inspected (VT). 4. Weld Acceptance: a. Visual Testing: 1) Structural Pipe and Tubing: AWS D1.1, paragraph 69, Visual Inspection, Tubular Connections. 2) All Other Structural Steel: AWS D1.1, paragraph 69, Visual Inspection, Statically Loaded Nontubular Connections. 3) Stud Connections: AWS D1.1, paragraph 7.8.1. b. Ultrasonic Testing: Perform UT of CJP groove welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.13.3, Class R Indications. e. Radiographic Testing: Perform RT of CJP butt joint welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, paragraph 5.12.1. d. PT or MT: 1) Perform on fillet and PJP groove welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.10. 2) Acceptance shall be in accordance with VT standards specified. above. 5. The CWI shall be present whenever field welding is performed. The CWT shall perform inspections prior and during assembly, during and after welding. CWI duties include: a. Verifying conformance of specified job material and proper storage. b. Monitoring conformance with approved WPS. C. Monitoring conformance of WPQ. d. Inspecting weld joint fit -up and in -process inspection. C. Providing 100 percent visual inspection of all welds. f. Supervising nondestructive testing personnel and evaluating test results. g. Maintaining records and preparing report confirming results of inspection and testing comply with the Work. 6. Repair and retest rejected weld defects until sound weld metal has been deposited in accordance with appropriate welding codes. C. Special inspection will be provided by OWNER as indicated on Drawings. II N►INX61=11X40.11111110 GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS — GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL STRUCTURAL STEEL P:1092901134-09290-100031DOCSSSPECS\r[NALQ5 05120 STRUCTURAL STEELDOC 05120-14 SECTION 11100 GAC SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes a Granular Activated Carbon System (GAC) System Furnished by SYSTEM SUPPLIER and installed by CONTRACTOR. The scope of supply by the Granular Activated Carbon System Supplier (GACSS) includes the vessels, influent and effluent piping and valves, exterior coatings and interior linings, complete valve tree assemblies, all appurtenances and initial media fill, as described in the contract documents. B. CONTRACTOR shall offload, set, and anchor GAC vessels, piping, and associated pipe supports. CONTRACTOR shall place grout under each leg of vessels and pipe supports. CONTRACTOR and manufacturer shall supervise setting of equipment. 1. Offload and set four (4) Granular Activated Carbon (GAC) vessel pairs, for a total of eight (8) vessels. All vessels are 10 -ft in diameter and not more than 19 -feet tall (measured from finished floor to the top of the highest element or flange, weighing approximately 26,000 - pounds per vessel. Offload and install four (4) valve tree manifolds. Vessels shall be secured to the slab, in locations confirmed by ENGINEER,. with 16 bolts per each vessel. Anchor bolts shall be a minimum 718 -in diameter by 16 -in in length (manufactured by Hilti or equal) and secured with epoxy. 4 Install interconnecting piping between vessels and valve manifolds. Furnish and install air release valves. Vessels shall be supplied with 2 -in ports with tapped blind flanges for connection of air release valves. CONTRACTOR shall complete installation of air release valves on vessels. 6 GACSS shall provide all piping and valves between pairs of vessels. GACSS shall coat vessels and piping prior to shipping. CONTRACTOR sha11 construct all piping not associated with vessels. 1..02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The GACSS shall furnish a complete GAC system as described herein (for installation by CONTRACTOR). The complete GAC system includes the following. a. Eight (8) GAC vessels with internals for media retention.. b. Influent and effluent piping with valves. c. Backwash supply and discharge piping and valves. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GAC SYSTEM P:1092901134-09290-10003\Docs15pecskFinall29 11100 GAG.dac 11100-1 d. Media fill and discharge piping with valves. e. Vent and pressure relief piping and valves. f: Water piping, valves, and utility connections. g. Sampling and monitoring appurtenances. h. Manufacturer's Services. B. The vessels, piping, valves, and media function as a system and are the end products of GACSS to achieve standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's services. PART 2 PRODUCTS (By GACSS) 2.01 GENERAL A. The Contract Documents indicate specific required features of the equipment, but do not purport to cover all details of design and construction. 2.02 GAC VESSELS A. The GAC vessels shall be fabricated of carbon steel., conforming to ASTM A516 grade 70, 10 - feet in diameter by 10 -ft in straight side height with elliptical top and bottom heads, designed for a maximum flowrate of 500 -GPM. The vessels shall be designed, constructed and stamped in accordance with ASME Section VIII., Division. I and registered with the National Board for a design pressure rating of 75 prig at 140 degrees F. Each vessel shall be provided with one 20 -in diameter round access way located on the lower straight side portion of the vessel. The vessels shall be free standing vessels with four structural steel support legs. B. The structural aspects of the vessel shall be sufficient to meet the California Building Code (2007) requirements for seismic Zone 4 as modified for a minimum site specific peak ground acceleration of 0.4g. The Vendor shall submit calculations documenting the seismic design of the proposed vessel stamped by a California Registered Professional Engineer, C. Each vessel shall be equipped with an internal underdrain drain system with Schedule 80 PVC underdrain drain nozzles for uniform flow of water through the media, with a minimum of one nozzle for every nominal square foot of vessel cross section. D. All surfaces shall be degreased prior to sandblasting. The vessel internal surfaces above and below the cove underdrain shall be blasted to a white metal surface (SSPC-SP5) to provide a 3 - to 4 -mil anchor pattern. The exterior of the vessel shall be power tool cleaned to the degree specified by SSPC-SP3-63. E. Interior coatings must meet the requirements of the U. S. Federal Register, Food and Drug Regulations Title 21, Chapter 1, Paragraph 175.300 and 177.2420. The interior surfaces of vessels, valves and piping shall be lined with a nominal 16- to 20 -mil dry film thickness (DFT) using Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646, applied in accordance with the manufacturer's GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GAC SYSTEM P:1092901134-09290-100031IIocslSpecslFiriah25 11100 GAC.doc 11100-2 published recommendations for preparation and application. An alternate lining system may also be used provided if it is deemed by ENGINEER to be an approved equal. F. The exterior surface of the vessels, valves and piping shall be sandblasted in accordance with SSPC-SP6 and coated with Sherwin. Williams Macropoxy 646 to 5- to 8 -mils, then finish coat Sherwin Williams Sher-Cryl. to 3- to 5 -mils DFT, all in accordance with the manufacturers published recommendations for preparation and application. An alternate coating system may also be used provided it is deemed by ENGINEER to be an approved equal. The finish color will be selected during the submittal process. 2.03 PROCESS AND UTILITY PIPING A. The process and utility piping on the GAC system shall include influent water to the system, treated water; vessel vent lines and media fill and discharge piping. The influent and effluent pipe network shall allow series (lead -lag) and parallel (once - through) operating modes. Lead -lag operation allows either; a) flow from the influent flange, to vessel A, to the pipe module, to vessel B, to the pipe module then to the effluent flange, or b) flow from the influent flange, to vessel B, to the pipe module, to vessel A, to the pipe module then to the effluent flange. The change in flow pattern is accomplished with a change of valve positions. The purpose of lead -lag operation allows a vessel to act as an on-line backup and/or provides for sufficient contact time to allow GAC of the contaminants of concern. B. All process piping (influent and effluent) shall be 8 inch diameter, constructed of Schedule 20 carbon steel, ASTM 53 Grade B materials with cast iron flanged fittings to allow for connections to piping installed by CONTRACTOR. The interior of the piping shall be epoxy lined as specified above. C. The air relief piping shall be 2 -in. diameter, constructed of Schedule 20 carbon steel, ASTM 53 Grade B materials with cast iron flanged fittings. D. Vent piping shall be 3 -in diameter, constructed of Schedule 20 carbon steel, ASTM 53 Grade B materials with cast iron flanged fittings. E. Media fill piping shall be 4 -in diameter, constructed of stainless steel. F. Media discharge piping shall be 4 -in diameter, constructed of stainless steel with polypropylene -lined flanged fittings. G. Utility piping shall be constructed of threaded schedule 80 carbon steel, ASTM 53 Grade B materials. H. All piping surfaces shall be power tool cleaned to the degree specified by SSPC-SP3-63. 1. A 2 -in port with a tapped blind flange shall be provided at the high point of each vessel (or piping) for installation of an air release valve. J. The exterior surface of the piping shall be painted as specified above for exterior tank coating. Paint flanges prior to assembly to ensure minimum oxidation. at flanged connections. GW Treatment Plant Modifications -- GAC for MTBE Removal GAC SYSTEM P:\092901134-09290-10903\DocslSpecslFinal%25 11100 GACAdac 11100-3 K. The piping network shall be provided with a structural steel support frame for support of the piping module. 2.04 PROCESS AND UTILITY VALVES A. The process and utility piping; excluding media fill and discharge piping shall be equipped with butterfly valves for flow control. Eight inch diameter butterfly valves shall be supplied for the vessel pair to accommodate the process and backwash control functions. Valves shall be Bray or Keystone Tyco resilient seated butterfly valves with manual han.dwheel actuators or engineer -approved equal. Valves shall be designed for field removal of manual actuators and installation of electric motor actuators. B. The influent and effluent control valves shall be a cast iron wafer type body butterfly valve with aluminum -bronze disc, BUN, A -N seats and stainless steel shaft to mate to ANSI B 16.1. Class 125 flanges. The valves shall be rated for 150 psig in closed position at 180 degrees F, and meet or exceed Section 5.0 of AWWA specification C-504-87. C. The media fill and discharge valves shall be 4 -inch diameter full port ball valves, Type 316 stainless steel. construction with TFE seats and seals. A total of four (4) media valves are supplied for each treatment vessel pair; two (2) for media fill and two (2) for media discharge. All stainless piping shalt be scrubbed to remove any discoloration from welding or assembly of the pipe, and the surface re-passivated using a non -liquid paste. D. Three sample ports and associated valves shall be provided on each vessel, located at 2-, 4-, and 6 -feet above the lower head seam. E. Two 3 -in rupture disks shall be provided for the GAC system. The rupture disks shall have a bursting pressure of 75 psig plus or minus. 5 percent and shall be sized to accommodate GAC operating conditions. 2.05 INSTRUMENTATION A. A pressure relief device designed to relieve pressure at the maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP) of the vessel shall be provided. The relief valves shall be mounted off the vessel vent line. A total of two shall be provided for the vessel pair. B. The process piping shall be equipped with pressure gauges to indicate the pressure entering and exiting each vessel. The pressure gauges shall have 4 -112 -in face diameter with a stainless steel bourdon tube in a glycerin filled housing (1 to 50 psig range). A total of two shall be provided for each vessel pair. C. Two, 3 -in rupture disks shall be provided for each GAC vessel. pair. The rupture disks shall have a rated bursting pressure of 75 psig plus or minus 5 percent. GACSS shall supply one spare set of rupture disks of the type and rating required.. D. Abayonet insert -type magnetic flow sensor shall be provided by the GACSS for each GAC vessel and shall be installed by CONTRACTOR. Flow sensors shall be equipped with 4-20mA transmitters. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GAC SYSTEM P:109290\134-09290-100031Docs'SpecslFina1125 11100 GAC.doc 11100-4 A. The media fill and discharge lines shall be fitted with hose connections, such that media transfer to and from the vessels can be facilitated using media transfer hoses. These connectors shall be 4 -in quick disconnect adaptors constructed of aluminum as manufactured by Dover Corp. as Kamlock connectors or equal and shall include a cover and retaining wire loop. B. Two flush connections shall be provided on each media fill line, one upstream and one downstream of the valve. Two flush connections shall be provided on each media discharge line, one upstream and one downstream of the valve. The connections shall be welded into the steel or stainless steel pipe or screwed into solid propylene "spacers" for the lined pipe. Flush connections shall consist of a short section of 314 -in pipe, a 314 -in full port ball valve, and a 314 -in quick disconnect adaptor including a cover and retaining wire loop to match with water hose fittings. C. GACSS shall be responsible for the initial media fill of 20,000 -pounds of media per vessel. Activated carbon media shall be coconut 8x30, 1100 iodine activated carbon. Alternative carbon media may be allowed, pending model test results. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. The GACSS shall provide a trained specialist with a minimum of 5 years of field experience, who shall be present at the job site for up to 3 staff days for the following services: Unloading the equipment from the delivery truck; 2. Inspection of the installed equipment; Start-up assistance ; 4. Troubleshooting; OPERATOR training. B. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for installation and site services, typically including: Site preparation, foundation construction and equipment anchors; Utilities for bulk loading of media (compressed air, clean. water source, water disposal); Operation of the system during media filling operation; 4. Mechanical startup of the system. * END OF SECTION GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GAC SYSTEM P.1092901134-09290-10003VOocslSpecstFinal%25 11100 GAC.dac 11100-5 SECTION 15004 - PIPING, GENERAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all piping systems shown and specified, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Each system shall be complete with all necessary fittings, supports, anchors, valves, accessories, lining and coating, testing, disinfection, excavation, backfill and encasement, to provide a functional installation. B. The piping shown is intended to define the general layout, configuration, routing, method of support, pipe size, and pipe type. The mechanical drawings are not pipe construction or fabrication drawings. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to develop the details necessary to constrict all mechanical piping systems, to accommodate the specific equipment provided, and to provide and install all spools, spacers, adapters, connectors, etc., for a complete and functional system. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 02650 Steel Pipe B. Section 03310 Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metalwork. D. Division 15 as applicable. Piping, Accessories, and Valves. E. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein. F. Commercial Standards: ANSI/ASME B 1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch). ANSI B 16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy and other Special Alloys. ANSI/AWWA 0207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Works Service, Sizes 4 in through 144 in, ANSI/AWWA C606 Grooved and Shouldered Joints. ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code. ASTM A 307 Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 6,000 psi Tensile. ASTM A 325 Specification for High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAG for MTBE Removal PIPING, GENERAL P:1092901934-09290-100031DocslSpecs%FinalS25 15000 Piping Gereral.doc 15000-1 ASTM D 792 Displacement. ASTM D 2000 Applications. 1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS Test Methods for Specific Gravity and Density of Plastics by Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit complete shop drawings and certificates, test reports, affidavits of compliance, of all piping systems. The shop drawings shall include all necessary dimensions and details on pipe joints, fittings, fitting specials, valves, appurtenances, design calculations, and material lists. The submittals shall include detailed layout, spool, or fabrication drawings which show all pipe spools, spacers, adapters, connectors, fittings, and pipe supports necessary to accommodate the equipment and valves provided in a complete and fiinctional system. B. All expenses incurred in making samples for certification of tests shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. G The CONTRACTOR shall submit as part of the shop drawings a statement from the pipe fabricator certifying that all pipes will be fabricated subject to a recognized Quality Control Program. An outline of the program shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review prior to the fabrication of any pipe. IA QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection: All pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture. During the manufacture of the pipe, the ENGINEER shall be given access to all areas where manufacturing is in progress and shall be permitted to make all inspections necessary to confirm compliance with the Specifications. B. Tests: Except where otherwise specified, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Specifications and Standards. Welds shall be tested as specified. C. Welding Requirements: All welding procedures used to fabricate pipe shall be prequalified under the provisions of ANSI/AWS D 1.1. Welding procedures shall be required for, but not necessarily limited to, longitudinal and girth or spiral welds for pipe cylinders, spigot and bell ring attachments, reinforcing plates and ring flange welds, and plates for lug connections. D. Welder Qualifications: All welding shall be done by skilled welders, welding operators, and tackers who have had adequate experience in the methods and materials to be used. Welders shall be qualified under the provisions of ANSUAWS D 1.1 by an independent local, approved testing agency not more than 6 months prior to commencing work on the pipeline. Machines and electrodes similar to those used in the WORK shall be used in qualification tests. 1.5 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE Where the assistance of a .manufacturer's service representative is advisable, in order to obtain perfect pipe joints, supports, or special connections, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish such assistance, GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal PIPING, GENERAL H082905134-09290-10003%Docs5Specs\Final125 16000 Piping Gerterai.doc 15000-2 1.6 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION All piping materials, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be delivered in a clean and undamaged condition and stored off the ground, to provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact. All defective or damaged materials shall be replaced with new materials. 1.7 CLEANUP After completion of the work, all remaining pipe cuttings, joining and wrapping materials, and other scattered debris, shall be removed from the site. The entire piping system shall be handed over in a clean and fiinctional condition. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Divisions 2 and 15 and as specified herein. B. Pipe Supports: All pipes shall be adequately supported in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Divisions 2 and 15 and as specified herein. C. Lining: All requirements pertaining to thickness, application, and curing of pipe lining, are in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Division 2, unless otherwise specified. D. Coating: All requirements pertaining to thickness, application, and curing of pipe coating, are in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Division 2, unless otherwise specified. Pipes above ground or in structures shall be field -painted as indicated as specified. E. Pressure Rating: All piping systems shall be designed for the maximum expected pressure as shown on the piping schedule. F. Grooved Piping Systems: Piping systems with grooved joints and fittings maybe provided in lieu of screwed, flanged, welded, or mechanical joint systems for steel and ductile iron yard piping. (All piping above and below ground within the property limits of treatment plants, pump stations, and similar installations). All grooved couplings on buried piping must be bonded. To assure uniform and compatible piping components, all grooved fittings, couplings, and valves shall be from the same manufacturer. The CONTRAC'T'OR shall make the coupling manufacturer responsible for the selection. of the correct style of coupling and gasket for each individual location. 2.2 PIPE FLANGES A. Flanges: Where the design pressure is 150 psi or less, flanges shall conform to either ANSIIAWWA 0207 Class D or ANSI B16.5 150 lb class. Where the design pressure is greater than 150 psi, up to a maximum of 275 psi, flanges shall conform to either ANSIIAWWA C207 Class h, Class F, or ANSI B16.5 150 lb class. Where the design pressure is greater than 275 psi up to a maximum of 700 psi, flanges shall conform to ANSI B16.5 300 lb class. Flanges shall have flat faces and shall be attached with bolt holes straddling the vertical axis of the pipe unless otherwise shown. Attachment of the flanges to GW Treatment Plant Modifications - GAC for MTBE Removal PIPING, GENERAL F109290\1 34-09290-100031DocsNSpecsSFfnal\25 95000 Piping General.doc 15000-3 the pipe shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA 0207. Flanges for miscellaneous small pipes shall be in accordance with the standards specified for these pipes. B. Flange Coating: All machined faces of metal blind flanges and pipe flanges shall be coated with a temporary rust inhibitive coating to protect the metal until the installation is completed. C. Flange Bolts: All Studs and bolts shall extend through the nuts a minimum of 114 inch. All thread studs shall be used on all valve flange connections, where space restrictions preclude the use of regular bolts. D. Flange Gaskets: Gaskets for flanged joints shall be full-faced, 1116 inch thick compressed sheets of aramid liber base, with nitrile binder and non-stick coating, suitable for temperatures to 700 degrees F, a pH of one to eleven, and pressures to 1000 psig. Blind flanges shall have gaskets covering the entire inside face of the blind flange and shall be cemented to the blind flange. Ring gaskets shall not be permitted. E. Flange Gasket Manufacturers, or Equal: John Crane, style 2160; Garlock, style 3000. 2.3 MECHANICAL -TYPE COUPLINGS (GROOVED OR BANDED PIPE) A. General: Cast mechanical -type couplings shall be provided where shown.: The couplings shall conform to the requirements of ANSIIA W WA C606. All gaskets for mechanical -type couplings shall be compatible with the piping service and fluid utilized, in accordance with the coupling manufacturer's recommendations. The wall thickness of all grooved piping shall conform with the coupling manufacturer's recommendations to suit the highest expected pressure. B. Couplings for Steel Pipe, Manufacturers, or Equal: 1. Gustin-Bacon (banded or grooved); 2. Victaulie Style 41 or 44 (banded); 3. Victaulic Style 77 or 07 (grooved). 2.4 PIPE THREADS All pipe threads shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B 1.20. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3A GENERAL A. All pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Divisions 2 and 15. The lining manufacturer shall take full responsibility for the complete,'final product and its application. All pipe ends and joints at screwed flanges shall be epoxy coated, to assure continuous protection. END OF SECTION GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE removal PIPING, GENERAL P:1092901134-09290-1000310ocs1Specs4Fina1125 15000 Piong General.doc- 15000-4 SECTION 15104 - BUTTERFLY VALVES PART I- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install manually operated butterfly valves, complete and operable, as shown and specified herein, including epoxy coating, appurtenances, operators, and accessories, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BUTTERFLY VALVES (AWWA) A. General: Butterfly valves shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C504 subject to the following requirements. Valves shall be of the size and class shown. Flanged valves shall have 125 lb American Standard flanges and unless otherwise shown, may be either short -bodied or long bodied. Shaft seals shall be designed for use with standard split V type packing, or other acceptable seal. The interior passage of butterfly valves shall not have any obstructions or stops. 'rhe rubber seat shall be positively clamped or bonded into the disc or body of the valve, but cartridge type seats shall not be acceptable. B. Coating: All corrosive ferrous surfaces of valves, 4 inch and larger, which will be in contact with water, exclusive of flange faces shall be epoxy -coated. C. Manual Operators: Operators shall conform to ANSI/AW WA 0504, subject to the following requirements. Unless otherwise shown, all manually operated butterfly valves shall be equipped with a handwheel and 2 inch square operating nut and position indicator. Screw type operators will not be permitted for valves 30 inches in diameter and larger. D. Valves, 30 -inches and larger, as well as submerged and buried valves, shall be equipped with worm gear operators, lubricated and sealed to prevent entry of dirt or water into the operator. E. Manufacturers, or Equal: 1. Keystone Tyco; 2. De Zurik Corporation; 3. Bray; 4. Henry Pratt Company. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Valves shall be located and installed as shown on the Drawings. END OF SECTION GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAG for MTBE Removal BUTTERFLY VALVES P:1092901434-1)9290-10003\Rocs\5pocs%Finalt25 16104 Suaerfly Vsives.doc 15104-9 SECTION 16000 - ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This Section includes materials, installation, and testing of the electrical system. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Instrumentation and Control Requirements: 17000 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions and the following. B. Complete fabrication, assembly, and installation drawings, wiring and schematic diagrams; and details, specifications, and data covering the materials used and the parts, devices, and accessories forming a part of the equipment furnished shall be submitted in.. accordance with the submittals section. Submittal data shall be groped and submitted complete. Individual drawings and data sheets submitted at random intervals will not be accepted for review. Instrument tag numbers indicated on the contract drawings shall be referenced where applicable. Submittal data for multifunctional instruments shall include complete descriptions of the intended functions and configurations of the instruments. C. Where instruction booklets cover more than one specific model or range of instrument, product data sheets shall be included which indicate the instrument model number, calibrated range, and all other special features. A complete set of "as -built wiring, fabrication., and inter connection drawings shall be included with the manuals. D. Submit AutoCAD (latest version) format digital drawing files for all shop drawings in addition to hard copy requirements in accordance with the General Provisions. 1.4 REGULATORY AGENCIES AND STANDARDS A. Regulatory Agencies: Installations, materials, equipment, and workmanship shall conform to the applicable provisions of the following agencies: National Electrical Code (NEC), 1999 Edition. 2. State Department of Industrial Safety (CAL/OSHA). 3. Local authorities having lawful jurisdiction pertaining to the work required. B. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Materials, appliances, equipment, and devices shall conform to the applicable UL standards. The label of, or listing by, UL is required wherever applicable. GW Treatment Plant Modifications _.. GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS P:\09290%134-09290-10003113ocslSpecs\Final12516000 Elec Regts.doc 16000-1 C. Standards: Where referenced in these specifications or on the drawings, the publications and standards of the following organizations apply: 1 American Society of 'Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 3. National Fire Protection Association (NEPA) 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) b. Insulated power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA). 1.5 INDUSTRY REGULATIONS AND LAWS In case of difference between the building codes, Specifications, State law, local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations, fire insurance carrier's requirements, and the contract documents, the most stringent shall govern. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner in writing of such differences. 1.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment for the work in. this section shall be included as part of the bid amount stated in the Proposal. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL, A. Similar materials and equipment shall be the product of a single manufacturer. B. Provide only products which are new, undamaged, and in the original cartons or containers. C. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such material and shall be the manufacturer's current design. D. Materials and equipment shall be suitable for storage, installation, and operation in an ambient of 0 C to 50 C except where more stringent conditions are stated in individual equipment specifications. E. Electrical equipment and panels shall be factory finished with manufacturer's standard primer and enamel topcoats, unless stated otherwise in the individual equipment specifications. Provide I pint of the equipment manufacturer's touchup paint per 500 square feet of painted surface for repair of damaged enamel topcoats. GW Treatment Plant Modifications -- GAG for MTBE Removal GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS P:509290t134-09290-100031Docs4Specs\FinaIU5 1E000 Elec Regts.doc 16000-2 3.11 OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR MANUALS A. The organization of the initial submittals as required by these contract documents shall be compatible to eventual inclusion as one volume of the operation, maintenance, and repair manuals. B. Operation manuals shall be prepared and submitted to the Owner's Representative for preliminary review in six copies. When the Owner's Representative is satisfied that these are complete and properly prepared, six final sets shall be delivered to the Owner's Representative, C. The complete operation manual shall contain all the information included in the preliminary equipment submittal, the detailed installation submittal, programming instructions, and the additional information required herein, all bound in hard -cover binders and arranged for convenient use including tab sheets, all indexed and cross referenced, and all final as -built drawings. D. The operation manuals shall contain: 1. Operating instructions written for the benefit of plant operating personnel for normal operational conditions, 2. Calibration and maintenance instructions, 3. Trouble -shooting instructions 4. Instructions for ordering replacement parts. 2.1 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. As -built drawings shall be submitted at the completion of work, which depict the final configuration of all installed equipment. All shop drawings shall be updated by the originator to "as -built" status. As -built drawings shall be provided to the Owner in both hardcopy and digital formats. Digital format shall be AutoCAD (latest version). B. The Contractor shall clearly indicate on As -Built plans the following information: 1. All conduit runs exactly as installed. 2. Location of all underground conduits. 3. Forming, cabling, and identification of all power and control circuits within pull boxes, and terminal boxes. 4. All changes and/or deviations in locations, routing, or dimensions or additions to any part of the Electrical work. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS P:1092901134-09290-14003\Docs!SpecslFlral125 16000 Elec Regts.doc 16000-3 Interior views of each pull box identifying each conduit entrance by conduit number. 6. Complete and accurate wiring, schematic, and interconnecting wiring diagrams for all equipment supplied and all work performed. PART 3 - EXECUTION' 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The drawings indicate connections for typical equipment only. if the equipment furnished is different from what is shown, provide the modifications necessary for a safe and properly operating installation in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. B. The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired location and arrangement of outlets, conduit runs, equipment, and other items. Field determine exact location based on physical size and arrangement of equipment, finished elevations, and obstructions. C. Work or equipment not indicated or specified which is necessary for the complete and proper operation of the electrical systems shall be accomplished without additional cost to the Owner. D. The equipment to be furnished under this specification shall meet the seismic requirements outlined in Chapter 23 of the Uniform. Building Code in Seismic Zone 4. All electrical equipment and materials shall be capable of operating successfully at full - rated load, without failure, at an ambient temperature of 40°C (104°F). All materials installed in tunnels shall be suitable for outdoor installation. 3.2 FOREIGN POWER ISOLATION IN EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES A. Provide foreign power circuit isolation devices in equipment enclosures. PLC input/output circuits for example, are a source of foreign power when they exist in an equipment enclosure such as a local control panel which has a separate source of control power. Circuits which are a source of foreign power shall pass through an isolation device where the wiring enters the equipment enclosure. Isolation devices are required in control cabinets, MCC buckets, etc., to provide an easily accessible isolation point, whenever the power source for the circuit would be considered foreign power in the enclosure. Isolation devices shall be clearly labeled. B. Equipment manufacturers shall supply isolation devices integral with their equipment whenever possible. C. Devices shall allow for the operation of equipment with doors open to allow for testing and/or maintenance. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying isolation devices as needed such that the complete system of power distribution installed at the facility complies with this specification. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS RW92901134-09290-100031DocsSSpecslFinat125 16000 Etec Regts.doc 16000-4 3.3 3.4 IDENTIFICATIONS AND SIGNS Mark each individual panelboard, motor controller, power panel, transformer, circuit breaker, disconnect switch, timer, relay, and contractor to identify each item with its respective service or function. Provide nameplates with engraved lettering not less than 1/4 inch high. Use black -on - white laminated plastic, attached with sheet metal screws or self-adhesive backs. PERFORMANCE TESTS A. After the electrical installation is complete, test it to demonstrate that the entire system .is in proper working order and .in accordance with the drawings and specifications. END OF SECTION GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS P:4092901134-09290-10D03)DocslSpecs%FinaH25 16004 Elec Regts.doc 16000-5 SECTION 17000 --INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTON A. This section of the specifications includes materials, testing, and installation of instrumentation as specified herein and indicated on the drawings. B. These specifications shall not be interpreted as permission or direction to violate any governing code or ordinance. Equipment, materials, and workmanship shall comply with the latest revisions of the following codes and standards: I . Instrumentation: Instrument Society of America {TSA). 2. Wiring: National Electrical Code (NEC), ISA S5.3 and S5.4,1976. 3. Control Panels and Equipment: NEMA, UL, and ANSI. 4. Control Logic: Joint Industrial Council (JIC). 5. Piping: ANSI 1331.3 (instrumentation piping). 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Electrical Requirements: 16000 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Detailed Systems Drawings and Data: The submittal shall consist of six sets of detailed drawings and data prepared and organized by the Contractor who was designated at the time of bidding. These drawings and data shall be submitted as a complete package at one time. 1, Submittals shall be in three-ring hardcover binders and arranged for convenient use including tab sheets, all indexed, and cross-referenced. 2. Detailed JIC-style schematic diagrams of each discrete 110 point. 3. Detailed instrumentation diagrams of each analog I/O instrumentation and control loop, per ISA S5.3 and S5.4 standards. 4. Data sheets for each component, together with a technical product brochure or bulletin. The data sheets shall show: a. Component naive. b. Manufacturer's model number. C. Project tag number. d. Project location. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL P:5092901134-09290-100031DocslSpecslFinal425 17000 Instrumentation Regts.doe 17000-1 e. Input and output characteristics. f. Scale range and units (if any) and. multiplier (if any) g. Requirements for electric supply (if any). The data sheets shall be grouped together in the submittal by systems or loops as a separate group for each system or loop. If within a single system or loop, a single component is employed more than once, one data sheet with one brochure or bulletin may cover all identical uses of that component in that system. G. Component -interconnect drawings showing the interconnecting wiring between each component including equipment supplied under other sections requiring interfacing with the control system. 7. Arrangement and construction drawings for consoles, control panels, and for other special enclosed assemblies for field installation. These drawings shall include dimensions, identification of all components, preparation and finish data, nameplates, and the like. These drawings also include enough other details to define the style and overall appearance of the assembly; a finish color sample shall be included. Installation, .t-nounting, and anchoring detail for all components or entry details. Complete detailed bills of material. 10. Operation, Maintenance, and Repair Manuals: a. The organization of the initial submittal required above shall be compatible to eventual inclusion as one volume of the operation, maintenance, and repair manuals. b. Operation manuals shall be prepared and submitted review in six copies. C. The complete operation manual shall contain all the information included in the preliminary equipment submittal, the detailed installation submittal, programming instructions, and the additional information required herein, all bound in hard -cover binders and arranged for convenient use including tab sheets, all indexed and cross referenced, and all final as -built drawings. d. The operation manuals shall contain: (1) operating instructions written for the benefit of plant operating personnel for normal operational conditions, (2) calibration and maintenance instructions, (3) trouble- shooting instructions, and (4) instructions for ordering replacement parts. At the time of submittal of the Operating Manuals, the Contractor shall provide as -built versions of submittal drawings, and equipment manufacturers shop drawings in hardcopy and digital format. The digital format shall be the latest version AutoCAD. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL P:109290t134-69294-10€3031DocslSpecalFinal%25 17000 Instrumentation Regks.doc 17000-2 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the proposed hardware as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. instrumentation and control systems shall be the unit responsibility of the one system supplier for all hardware B. All calibration and final checkout of the instrumentation system shall be witnessed by the Engineer to determine if the system complies with the contract documents. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating and interfacing with equipment supplied under these contract documents which are an integral part of the system. Interfacing shall be incorporated in the detailed systems drawings and data section of the contract documents. D. The system supplier shall be experienced in the design, programming, and service of this type of equipment. In the event of a dispute as to the acceptability of the system supplier, LMC shall make thermal determination. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 DESIGNATION OF COMPONENTS In these specifications and on the plans, all systems, and other elements are represented schematically and are designated by numbers, as derived from criteria in Instrument Society of America Standards. The nomenclature and numbers designated herein and on the plans shall be employed exclusively throughout shop drawings, data sheets, and the like. Any other symbols, designations, and nomenclature unique to a manufacturer' standard methods shall not replace those prescribed above, as used herein, and on the plans. 2.2 INSTRUMENT TAGGING Attach a stainless-steel tag to the instrument at the factory. Permanently mark the stainless-steel tag with the instrument tag number. The manufacturer's standard metal nameplate as a minimum shall denote model number, serial number, operating electrical voltage and amperage (when applicable), and date of manufacturer. 2.3 INSTRUMENT SYSTEM POWER Power provided for the instrument system shall be 120 -volt a -c, single please from a single source. This system will supply 100% of the control power for the PLC and instruments. Provide battery backup and/or UPS systems as required by the contract documents. Where d -c power supplies are not furnished integral with any one instrument system loop, then provide separate solid-state power supplies. 2.4 MATCHING STYLE, APPEARANCE AND TYPE All display instruments of each type shall represent the same outward appearance, having the same physical size and shape and the same size and style of numbers and pointers. GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL P:1092901134-09290-100031DocslSpecs\FinaA25 17000 Instrumentation Regts.doc 17000-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 UNIFORMITY OF COMPONENTS Components that perform the same or similar functions shall, to the greatest degree possible, be of the same or similar type, the same manufacture, the same grade of construction, the same size, and the same appearance. 3.2 MOUNTING OF EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES A. Mount equipment in accordance with the installation detail drawings as prepared by the Contractor and reviewed by the Engineer. Mount equipment so that they are rigidly supported, level and plumb, and in such a manner as to provide accessibility; protection from damage; isolation from heat, shock, and vibration; and freedom from interference with other equipment, piping, and electrical work. Do not install consoles, cabinets, and panels until heavy construction work adjacent to computer and telemetry equipment has been completed to the extent that there shall be no damage to the equipment. B. Locate devices, including accessories, where they shall be accessible from grade, except as shown. otherwise. C. Mount local equipment in cabinets or existing panels as specified. Mount associated I/O terminals on a common. panel or rack; mounting panels and rack shall be baked enamel. D. Coordinate the installation of the electrical service to components related to the system to assure a compatible and functionally correct system. All accessories shall be coordinated and installation supervised by the Contractor. E. Test the complete system after installation to assure that all components are operating with the specified range and all interlocks are functioning properly. 3.3 TESTING The contractor shall perforin testing and start-up of the instrumentation and control. Testing of TO, comm., OIT and UPS devices, as applicable, shall be performed and documented. Prior to installation the contractor shall submit for approval a Facility Acceptance Test (FAT) which will outline a full point-to-point check of all 10, describe all instrument loops and the associated range of operation. and a functional test of all programmed logic to be performed during and after installation of the PLC. The test will be reviewed by the ENGINEER and the CITY and returned with comments and corrections (if required). The Contractor shall then utilize the edited FAT to perform the as installed testing described in the tests and supply the CITY with a completed and signed copy prior to completion of start-up. END OF SECTION GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL. P:1092905139-09290-100010ocs\SpecslFinai125 17000 Instrurnentatim Regls doc 17000-4 TETRATECH To: City of San Juan Capistrano 32400 Paseo Adelanto San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675 (949) 493-1171 Attention: Joe Mankawich Project Name: GWTP Modifications - GAC for MTBE Removal TRANSMITTAL Date: July 8, 2010 Job No, 134-09290-10006-1001 (100) Enclosing: El Per Your Request Via: F1 Overnight Service Messenger El Other El For Your Review D UPS ❑ U.S. Mail Description: One (1) Signed Bond Forms for GAC Construction R �U JUL 0 8 2010 Remarks: Signed: NB/cg Nell Barnsdale, P.E. Project Manager TETRA TECH 17885 Von Karman Avenue Suite 500 Irvine, CA 92614-6213 Tek 949.809.5000 Fax: 949.809.5010 P:109299134-09290-10006\ProjMgiiit\Correspondeiice\trOOI-2010-07-08-TR-M-SJC.doc Bond No. 6718550 Premium $ 18.330.00 ". i.s1.1-:.1. »R�.lw KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That TETRA TECH, {NC, _---_...---_ as Contractor, And SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano, a legal entity, organized and existing in the County of Orange, California. hereinafter called the "Owner," in the sum of-- ONE f_ ONE MILLION SIX HUNDRED THIRTEEN THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED NINETY ONE AND 00100 (51 ,613,991.00) dollars, for the payment of which sura well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. W14EREAS said Contractor -has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Agreement with said Owner to perform the Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled_ GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS — GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL CNP NO. 7706 NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall perform all the requirements of said Contract Documents required to be performed on its part, at the times and in the manner specified herein, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, that any alterations in the Work to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any way release said Contractor or said Surety thereunder, nor shall any extensions of time granted under the provisions of said Contract Documents, release either said Contractor or said Surety, and notice of such alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety. SIGNED AND SEALED, this 6th day of__JULY --, 2010 Contracwrfft�A TECH, i By Titlev, Surety S FECO INSU ANCE COfviPANY OF AMERICA Title B. ALEMAN. ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY) GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal PERFORMANCE BOND 0,AProf!wsa'.bre'Mwa3 seMOSITanporery htemac FiWt0LX27%16 Parrorrmfxe 6unu4ocx AGREEMENT AND BONDS State of California County of Los Angeles On 6 2010 before me, B. Wonq, Notary Public, personally appeared B. Aleman who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person( -s) whose name(&) is/aye subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that be/she/they executed the same in b1s/her/thei-r authorized capacity(ies), and that by W&/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(&) acted, executed the instrument. certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. I WONG 914 Cammisslon 1683633 41 Notary Public A Coll#orda Loss Ange'fes County My Comm. Expires Jul 24, 20110 Lei Z-11111,11 KNOW ALL. MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, Bond No. 6718550 Premium Included in Preformance Bond That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA as Surety, are held firmly hound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano, a legal entity, organized and existing in the County of Orange, State of California, hereinafter cal led the "fawner," in the sum of: ONE MILLION SIX HUNDRED THIRTEEN THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED NINETY ONE AND 001100 f$1.613,991.00jdollaFs, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves; our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, Jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, said Contractor has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed agreement with said Owner to perform the Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled: GW TREATMENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS — GAC FOR MTBE REMOVAL CIP NO. NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor, its subcontractors, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns shalt fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, equiprnerrt, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Departrner:t from the wages of employees of the Contractor and its subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such labor, all as required by the provisions of Title XV, Chapter 7, Sections 3247-3252, inclusive, of the Civii Code of the State of California and acts amendatory thereof, and Sections of other Codes of the State of California referred to therein and acts amendatory thereof, and provided that the persons, companies, or corporations so furnishing said materials, provisions, equipment, or other supplies, appliances, or power used in, upon, for, or about performance of the Work contracted to be executed or performed, or any person, company, or corporation renting or hiring implements or machinery or power for, or contributing to, said work to be done, or any person who performs work or labor upon the same, or any person who supplies both work and materials -therefore, shall have complied with the provisions of said laws, then said surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the sum hereinbefore set forth, and also will pay, in case suit is brought upon this bond, a reasonable attorney's fee as shall be fixed by the Court. This Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons named in Section 3181 of the Civil Code of the State of California so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond, PROVIDED, that any alterations In the Work to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any way release said Contractor or said Surety thereunder, nor shall any extensions of time granted under the provisions of said Contract Documents release either said Contractor or safd Surety, and notice of said alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety. SIGNED AND SEALED, this 6th day of Jul 2010 Contractor TETRA TECH, NC. Surety ^AFECO INS, RA.NCE COMPANY OF AMERICA By By Title Title B. ALEMAN, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY) GW Treatment Plant Modifications — GAC for MTBE Removal PAYMENT BOND a:�Prora:waie�srntiLocalseifn9slTernpwary'MhoetFiT6s3oLMO7Nymonsew,aancr AGREEMENT AND BONDS State of California County of Los Angeles On :JUL 4 6 2010 before me, B. Wong, Notary Public, personally appeared B. Aleman who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(a) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that be/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(&) acted, executed the instrument. certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Safeco Insurance Company of America General insurance Company of Arne6ca POWER 10014th Avenue OF ATTORNEY Suite 1700 Seattle, WA 98164 No, 6843 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint E.S. ALBRECHT, JR.; TRACY ASTON; TOM BRANIGAN; K.D. CONRAD; ASHRAE ELMASRY; SIMONE GERHARD; JOYCE HERRIN; MICHAEL R. MAYBERRY, C.K. NAKAMURA; MARIA PENA; WILLIAM A. SADLER; EDWARD C. SPECTOR; MARINA TAPIA, LISA L. THORNTON; BRENDA WONG; NOEMI QUIROZ; B. ALEMAN; Los Angeles, CA its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this 21 st day of March 1 2009 Dexter R. Lecio. Secretary .......... ...__ Timothy A. Mikola'ewskl Vice President CERTIFICATE Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys -in -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal; or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (1) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and (6) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, Dexter R. Legg Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation this I JUL 0 6 2010 day of . lcix�I SEAL 4 X w R kj Dexter R. Legg, Secretary S-0974/DS 3109 WEB PDF Christy JAI From: Omar Sandoval [OSandoval@wss-law.com] Sent: Thursday, July 08, 2€310 4;41 PM To: Christy Jakl Cc: Maria Morris; Joe Mankawich; Michael Bruckner; Joe Tait; West Curry Subject: RF: GAC Contract docs One original is fine. Thanks. Omar. From: Christy Jakl[mailto:cjakl@sanjuancapistrano.org] Sent: Thursday, July 08, 2010 4:30 PM To. Omar Sandoval Cc. Maria Morris; Joe Mankawich; Michael Bruckner Subject. RF: GAC Contract docs Importance: High Hi Omar, Joe has provide our office with one original set of the Performance and Payment Bonds for the GAC Construction Contract with Tetra Tech. With all other Construction Contract we always receive 2 original sets of the Performance and Payment Bonds. Is one original set acceptable? Please let me know. C firist-� Jakt Deputy City Clerk City of San Juan Capistrano 32400 Paseo Adelanto San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675 (949) 443-63.0 1 (949) 493-1053 fax From: Maria Morris Sent: Wednesday, June 30, 2010 5:59 PM To: Christy Jakl Subject: FW: GAC Contract docs FYI Maria Morris, CIVIC City Clerk City of San Juan Capistrano 32400 Paseo Adelanto San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675 (949) 443-6309 (949) 493-1053 -Fax From, Joe Mankawich Sent: Wednesday, .lune 30, 2010 5:29 PM To: 'Barnsdale, Neil' Cc: West Curry; Maria Morris Subject: GAC Contract docs Hi Neil, As I explained on the phone this contract wasn't awarded per se by the City Council. Instead the Council passed a resolution giving the City Manager authority to enter into a contract on a emergency basis. I have supplied City Clerk Certified Copies of the Resolution and Meeting Minutes, a copy of the contract signed by the City Manager and a backup memo. I trust that this will give your bonding agent enough to supply bonds for the project so that the City Clerk can attest and prepare a Notice to Proceed. Let me know if there are any issues, I am here to help. Regards, JOE MANKAWICH ASSOCIATE ENGINEER CrTY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO 32400 PASEO ADEI_ANTO SAKI JUAN CAPISTRANO, CA 92676 (949)487,4313 MEMORANDUM June 30, 2010 TO: Joe Tait, City Manager _. Cindy Russell, CF® o .. CC: Steven Apple, Deputy City Manager J n FROM: West Curry, Assistant. Utilities Director Joe IMankawich, Associate Engineer SUBJECT: Proposal to Construct Granulated Activated Carbon (GAC) MTBE Removal Vessels For over two years the City has been unable to operate its Groundwater Recovery Plant at full capacity due to the detection of MTBE in one of its main raw water wells. The City Council, understanding the need to safe guard the health of their constituents and its fiscal responsibility to provide healthy water for the least cost, worked to provide staff: the ability to immediately upend the necessary funds to design and install a MTBE removal system at the City's Groundwater Recovery Plant. At their meeting of January 28, 2010, City Council approved and adopted Resolution No. 10-01-28-01, authorizing the City Manager to waive the formal bidding process in order to allow staff to proceed with the emergency installation of a granulated activated carbon (GAC) system to remove MTBE from the City's drinking water. Over the past months representatives of TetraTech, Inc., the City's technical expert in MTBE removal systems, and Utilities Engineering staff have been preparing construction plans and undergoing testing. The process testing of the proposed carbon material has been accomplished to better identify the optimal type of GAC media. Staff has employed a more accurate testing method, putting the Reverse Osmosis (RO) product water through rapid small-scale column testing (RSSCT). Compared to field studies this laboratory testing is carried out under more carefully controlled conditions and therefore yields the best data for directly comparing different adsorbents for MTBE remediation. These precautions will insure the success of the GAC modifications to the plant and will reduce future maintenance costs by extending the life and efficiency of the carbon used. Plans are complete and Tetra Tech has submitted the attached proposal dated May 21, 2010, to construct the eight vessel GAC system per the developed plans. The hard cost for the system is $1,391,303. The cost for bonds, insurance, construction management, field engineering, inspection and materials testing is $222,688. Total project cost: $1,613,991. This is a significant funding outlay however the Groundwater Recovery Plant Modifications — GAC for [MTBE Removal Project (CIP 10802) will ensure that the City is performing one of its primary missions; the delivery of high quality water to the citizens of San Juan Capistrano. It allows the City to once again receive the full value and benefit of its Groundwater Recovery Memorandum June 30, 2010 Page 2 Plant. Staff requests that you approve and endorse the attached construction contract for this project. Tetra Tech estimates that this work can be completed in approximately 4 months following the relocation of existing cartridge filters. 32400 PASEO ADELANTO SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO, CA 92675 (949) 493.1171 (949) 493-1053 FAx Www sanjuancaprstrana arg of Tetra Tech, Inc. 16241 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 200 Irvine, CA 92616 DATE: July 12, 2010 FROM: Christy Jakl, Deputy City Clerk (949) 443-6310 MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL SADA ALLEVATO LAURA FREESE THOMAS W. H IBAR MARK NIELSEN DR. LONDRES UsO RE: Contract — GW Treatment Plant Modifications GAC for MTBE Removal (CIP 10802) Thank you for maintaining documentation confirming compliance with the terms of the agreement related to insurance. Please keep in mind this documentation must remain current with our office during the term of this agreement. If you have questions related to insurance requirements, please call me at (949) 443-6310. If you have questions concerning the agreement, please contact Joe Mankawich, Associate Engineer at (949) 487-4313. Cc: Joe Mankawich, Associate Engineer; Michael Bruckner, Administrative Specialist San Juan Capistrano: Presei-vine; the Past to Enhance the Future Printed on 100% recycled paper